]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #23464 from bnf/update-wiki-links
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 251:
4
5 Backwards-incompatible changes:
6
7 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
8 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
9
10 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
11 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
12
13 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
14 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
15 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
16 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
17 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
18 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
19
20 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
21 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
22 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
23
24 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
25 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
26 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
27 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
28 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
29 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
30 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
31
32 * All kernels supported by systemd mix RDRAND (or similar) into the
33 entropy pool at early boot. This means that on those systems, even if
34 /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still returns bytes that that
35 are at least as high quality as RDRAND. For that reason, we no longer
36 have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which has
37 historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6 provide
38 the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random bytes
39 before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into kmsg,
40 which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct usage
41 of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are running
42 an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not seen with
43 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86 systems, there
44 should be no visible changes.
45
46 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
47 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
48 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
49 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
50 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
51 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
52 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
53 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
54 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
55 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
56 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
57 this compatibility feature in two year's time.
58
59 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
60 of pcap.
61
62 * An udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with
63 lowercase hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd
64 250. This has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are
65 supposed to be used, and we already had a rule that with the
66 appropriate match.
67
68 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
69
70 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
71 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
72 It is apparently used by the linker now.
73
74 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
75 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
76 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
77
78 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
79 to account for this change.
80
81 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
82 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
83 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
84
85 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
86
87 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
88 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
89 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
90 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
91 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
92 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
93 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
94 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
95 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
96 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
97 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
98 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
99 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
100 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
101 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
102 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
103
104 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
105 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
106 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
107 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
108 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
109
110 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
111 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
112 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
113 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
114 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
115 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
116
117 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
118 systemd-boot boot loader.
119
120 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
121 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
122 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
123 allows choosing different initrd generators.
124
125 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
126 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
127 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
128 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
129 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
130 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
131 prepared successfully.
132
133 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
134 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
135 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
136 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
137 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
138 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
139
140 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
141 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
142 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
143 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
144
145 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
146 paths and other settings used.
147
148 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
149 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
150 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
151
152 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
153 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
154 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
155 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
156 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
157
158 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
159 menu entries in JSON format.
160
161 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
162 omit output with the new option --quiet.
163
164 Changes in systemd-homed:
165
166 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
167 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
168 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
169 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
170 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
171 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
172 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
173 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
174 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
175 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
176 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
177 uses, see:
178
179 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
180
181 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
182 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
183 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
184 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
185 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
186 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
187 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
188 context of the local system.
189
190 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
191 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
192 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
193 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
194 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
195 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
196 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
197 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
198 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
199
200 Changes in shared libraries:
201
202 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
203 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
204 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
205 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
206
207 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
208 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
209 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
210 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
211 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
212 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
213 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
214 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
215 the library.
216
217 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
218 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
219 format instead of simple series of hex characters.
220
221 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
222 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
223 object from a device node name or file system path.
224
225 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
226 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
227 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
228 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
229 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
230 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
231 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
232 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
233
234 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
235
236 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
237 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
238 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
239 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
240 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
241 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
242
243 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
244 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
245 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
246 disk image files.)
247
248 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
249
250 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
251 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
252 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
253 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
254 manager.
255
256 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
257
258 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
259 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
260 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
261
262 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
263 systemd-oomd.
264
265 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
266 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
267 unit files.
268
269 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
270 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
271
272 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
273 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
274
275 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
276 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
277 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
278 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
279 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
280 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
281 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
282 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
283
284 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
285 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
286 Condition*= settings.
287
288 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
289 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
290
291 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
292 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
293 assign to each cgroup.
294
295 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
296 devices and the associated governor, via the new
297 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
298 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
299
300 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
301 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
302
303 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
304 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
305 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
306
307 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
308 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
309 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
310 range
311
312 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
313 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
314 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has been
315 completed.
316
317 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
318 environment variables set describing the execution context a
319 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
320 system service manager, or from the per-user service
321 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
322 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
323 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
324 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
325 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
326 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
327 kernel is built for.
328
329 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
330 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
331 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
332 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
333 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
334 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
335 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
336 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
337 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
338 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
339 this way can be turned off via the new
340 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
341
342 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
343 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
344 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
345 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
346 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
347 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
348 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
349 up automatically.
350
351 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
352 document:
353
354 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
355
356 Changes in systemd-journald:
357
358 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
359 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
360
361 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
362
363 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
364 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
365
366 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
367 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
368
369 Changes in udev:
370
371 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
372 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
373 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
374 default.
375
376 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
377 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
378
379 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
380 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
381
382 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
383 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
384 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
385 initialized yet, respectively.
386
387 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
388 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
389 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
390 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
391 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
392
393 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
394 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
395 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
396 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
397
398 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
399 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
400
401 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
402 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
403
404 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
405 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
406 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
407 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
408 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
409 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
410 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
411 the one in the symlink path.
412
413 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
414
415 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
416 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
417 only supported in .network files.
418
419 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
420 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
421
422 Changes in systemd-networkd:
423
424 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
425 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
426 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
427 still honored.
428
429 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
430 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
431 up.
432
433 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
434 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
435
436 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
437 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
438
439 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
440 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
441
442 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
443
444 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
445 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
446 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
447 address.
448
449 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
450 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
451 mode).
452
453 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
454 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
455
456 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
457 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
458 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
459 PXE boot).
460
461 Changes in systemd-resolved:
462
463 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
464 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
465 there.
466
467 Changes in disk encryption:
468
469 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
470 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
471 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
472
473 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
474
475 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
476 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
477 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
478
479 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
480 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
481 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
482
483 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
484
485 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
486 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
487
488 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
489 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
490 hostnamed.
491
492 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
493 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
494 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
495 firmware version of the system.
496
497 Changes in other components:
498
499 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
500 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
501 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
502 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
503 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
504
505 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
506 list of known users.
507
508 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
509 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
510 invocations (instead of of the default /bin/bash).
511
512 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
513 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
514
515 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
516 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
517 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
518 a device found.
519
520 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
521 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
522 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
523 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
524 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
525 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
526 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
527
528 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
529 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
530 $TERM).
531
532 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
533 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
534 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
535 $ meson build systemd-boot
536 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
537 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
538
539 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
540 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
541 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
542 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
543 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
544
545 Experimental features:
546
547 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
548 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
549 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
550 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
551 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
552 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
553 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
554 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
555 compatibility with the current implementation.
556
557 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
558 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
559 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
560 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
561
562 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
563 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
564 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
565 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
566 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
567 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
568 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
569 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
570 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
571 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
572 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
573 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
574 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
575 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
576 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
577 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
578 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
579 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
580 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
581 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
582 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
583 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
584 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
585 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
586 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
587 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
588 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
589 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
590 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
591 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
592 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
593 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
594 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
595 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
596 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
597 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
598 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
599
600 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
601
602 CHANGES WITH 250:
603
604 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
605 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
606 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
607 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
608 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
609 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
610 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
611 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
612 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
613 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
614 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
615
616 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
617 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
618 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
619 installation or hardware.
620
621 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
622 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
623
624 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
625 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
626 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
627 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
628 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
629 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
630 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
631
632 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
633 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
634 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
635 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
636 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
637 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
638 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
639 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
640 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
641 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
642 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
643 drop-in file mechanism).
644
645 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
646 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
647 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
648 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
649 service, or attached as system extension.
650
651 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
652 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
653 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
654 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
655 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
656
657 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
658 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
659 are supported.
660
661 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
662 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
663 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
664 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
665 systemd-binfmtd is running.
666
667 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
668 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
669 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
670 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
671 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
672 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
673 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
674 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
675 does not trigger any operation by default.
676
677 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
678 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
679 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
680 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
681 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
682 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
683 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
684 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
685
686 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
687 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
688 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
689 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
690 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
691
692 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
693 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
694 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
695 request this behavior.
696
697 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
698 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
699 time-out for the boot.
700
701 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
702 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
703 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
704 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
705 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
706 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
707 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
708 system services or the managers themselves.
709
710 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
711 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
712 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
713 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
714 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
715 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
716 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
717 group handles).
718
719 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
720 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
721
722 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
723 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
724 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
725 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
726 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
727 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
728 vs. CPUWeight.
729
730 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
731 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
732 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
733 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
734 during boot and shutdown.
735
736 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
737 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
738 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
739 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
740 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
741 https://www.kernel.org/doc/html/latest/accounting/psi.html
742
743 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
744 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
745
746 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
747 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
748
749 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
750 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
751
752 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
753 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
754 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
755 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
756 variable passed to invoked processes.
757
758 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
759 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
760 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
761
762 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
763 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
764 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
765 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
766 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
767 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
768 names.
769
770 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
771 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
772 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
773 dimensions to a virtual machine.
774
775 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
776 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
777 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
778 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
779 cgroup instead.
780
781 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
782 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
783 mounting the autofs instance.
784
785 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
786 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
787 during build-time.
788
789 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
790 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
791 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
792 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
793 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
794 socket units.
795
796 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
797 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
798 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
799
800 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
801 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
802 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
803 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
804 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
805 trust as SHA256 banks.
806
807 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
808 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
809 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
810 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
811
812 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
813 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
814 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
815 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
816 instead.
817
818 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
819 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
820 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
821 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
822
823 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
824 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
825 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
826 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
827 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
828 root partition.
829
830 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
831 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
832 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
833 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
834 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
835 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
836
837 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
838 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
839 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
840 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
841 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
842
843 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
844 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
845
846 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
847 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
848
849 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
850 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
851 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
852 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
853 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
854 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
855 and how to trigger it.
856
857 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
858 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
859 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
860 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
861 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
862 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
863 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
864 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
865 batteries.
866
867 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
868 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
869 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
870 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
871 against abnormal system shutdown.
872
873 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
874 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
875 directory/image instead of on the host.
876
877 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
878 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
879 actually is.
880
881 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
882 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
883 or recursively any dependent units.
884
885 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
886 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
887 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
888 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
889 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
890 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
891 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
892 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
893 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
894 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
895 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
896
897 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
898
899 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
900 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
901 "filesystems" commands.
902
903 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
904 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
905 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
906 through them.
907
908 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
909 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
910 including the build-id and other info described on:
911 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
912
913 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
914 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
915 interfaces.
916
917 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
918 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
919
920 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
921 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
922 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
923 CAN timing quanta.
924
925 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
926 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
927 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
928 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
929 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
930 CAN interface.
931
932 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
933 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
934 addresses.
935
936 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
937 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
938 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
939
940 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
941 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
942 DHCP 6RD option.
943
944 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
945 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
946 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
947
948 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
949 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
950
951 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
952 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
953 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
954
955 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
956 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
957 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
958 records.
959
960 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
961 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
962 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
963 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
964 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
965
966 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
967 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
968 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
969 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
970 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
971 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
972 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
973 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
974
975 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
976 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
977
978 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
979 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
980 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
981
982 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
983 setting to specify the router address.
984
985 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
986 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
987 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
988 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
989
990 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
991 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
992 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
993 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
994 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
995
996 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
997 interfaces has been improved.
998
999 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
1000 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
1001 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
1002 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
1003
1004 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
1005 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
1006 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
1007
1008 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
1009 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
1010 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
1011
1012 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
1013 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
1014 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
1015 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
1016
1017 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
1018 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
1019 hardware supports.
1020
1021 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
1022 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
1023
1024 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
1025 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
1026 that supports this.
1027
1028 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
1029 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
1030 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
1031 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
1032 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
1033 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
1034 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
1035
1036 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
1037 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
1038 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
1039 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
1040 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
1041 the performance win is beneficial.
1042
1043 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
1044 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
1045
1046 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
1047 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
1048 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
1049 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
1050 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
1051 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
1052 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
1053 taken to shift them manually.
1054
1055 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
1056 show the Windows version.
1057
1058 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
1059 build-time.
1060
1061 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
1062 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
1063 resolutions and save the last selection.
1064
1065 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
1066 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
1067 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
1068 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
1069
1070 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
1071 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
1072 items).
1073
1074 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
1075 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
1076 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
1077 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
1078 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
1079
1080 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
1081 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
1082 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
1083
1084 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
1085 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
1086 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
1087 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
1088 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
1089
1090 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
1091 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
1092 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
1093 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
1094 kernel image.
1095
1096 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
1097 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
1098
1099 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
1100 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
1101 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
1102 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
1103 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
1104 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
1105 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
1106 credentials, see above).
1107
1108 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
1109 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
1110 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
1111
1112 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
1113 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
1114 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
1115 Specification Type #2.
1116
1117 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
1118 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
1119 non-x86 architectures.
1120
1121 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
1122 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
1123 or just the subsequent boot).
1124
1125 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
1126 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
1127 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
1128 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
1129 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
1130 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
1131 layout specified in
1132 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
1133 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
1134 values for this variable.
1135
1136 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
1137 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
1138 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
1139 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
1140 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
1141 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
1142 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
1143 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
1144 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
1145 machine-id.
1146
1147 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
1148 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
1149 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
1150 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
1151 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
1152 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
1153 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
1154 without conflict.
1155
1156 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
1157 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
1158 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
1159 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
1160 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
1161 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
1162 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
1163 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
1164 installations that use the bls layout.
1165
1166 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
1167
1168 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
1169 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
1170 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
1171 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
1172 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
1173 attached under a wrong name this way.
1174
1175 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
1176 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
1177 default 'add').
1178
1179 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
1180 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
1181
1182 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
1183 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
1184 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
1185 be accessible to regular users.
1186
1187 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
1188 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
1189 they point (front or back).
1190
1191 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
1192 added to hwdb.
1193
1194 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
1195 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
1196
1197 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
1198 added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network
1199 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
1200 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
1201 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
1202 sources to introduce new named schemes.
1203
1204 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
1205 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
1206
1207 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
1208 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
1209 support).
1210
1211 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
1212 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
1213 --cgroup-id= switches.)
1214
1215 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
1216 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
1217
1218 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
1219 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
1220 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
1221
1222 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
1223 forked, sandboxed process.
1224
1225 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
1226 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
1227 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
1228 reason it was not tried again.
1229
1230 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
1231 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
1232 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
1233 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
1234 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
1235 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
1236
1237 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
1238 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
1239 homectl switch.
1240
1241 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
1242 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
1243 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
1244 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
1245 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
1246 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
1247 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
1248 system trees is no longer necessary.
1249
1250 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
1251 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
1252 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
1253
1254 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
1255 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
1256 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
1257 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
1258 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
1259 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
1260
1261 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
1262 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
1263 by default.
1264
1265 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
1266 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
1267 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
1268 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
1269 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
1270 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
1271
1272 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
1273 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
1274 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
1275 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
1276 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
1277 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
1278 precisely.
1279
1280 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
1281 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
1282 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
1283 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
1284 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
1285 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
1286 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
1287 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
1288 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
1289
1290 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
1291 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
1292 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
1293 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
1294 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
1295 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
1296 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
1297 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
1298 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
1299 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
1300 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
1301 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
1302
1303 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
1304 to use when outputting user or group records.
1305
1306 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
1307 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
1308 record resolution logic.
1309
1310 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
1311 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
1312 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
1313 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
1314 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
1315 other also configured in the command line.
1316
1317 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
1318 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
1319 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
1320 watch.
1321
1322 * The sd-event API gained a new function
1323 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
1324 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
1325 leaves the rate limiting phase.
1326
1327 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
1328 to port systemd to a new architecture:
1329
1330 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
1331
1332 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
1333 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
1334
1335 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
1336 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
1337 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
1338 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
1339 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
1340 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
1341 shutdown.
1342
1343 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
1344 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
1345 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
1346 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
1347 environments.
1348
1349 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
1350 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
1351 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
1352 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
1353 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
1354 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
1355 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
1356 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
1357 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
1358 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
1359 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
1360
1361 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
1362 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
1363 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
1364 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
1365
1366 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
1367 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
1368
1369 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
1370
1371 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
1372 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
1373 appropriate primary group.
1374
1375 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
1376
1377 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
1378
1379 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
1380 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
1381 work.
1382
1383 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
1384 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
1385
1386 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
1387 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
1388
1389 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
1390 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
1391
1392 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
1393 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
1394 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
1395 that have compression enabled.
1396
1397 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
1398 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
1399 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
1400 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
1401
1402 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
1403 messages.
1404
1405 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
1406 corruption.
1407
1408 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
1409 scheduled shutdown.
1410
1411 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
1412 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
1413 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
1414 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
1415
1416 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
1417 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
1418 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
1419 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
1420 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
1421 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1422 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
1423 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
1424 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
1425 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
1426 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
1427 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
1428 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
1429 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
1430 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
1431 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
1432 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
1433 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
1434 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
1435 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
1436 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
1437 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
1438 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
1439 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
1440 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
1441 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
1442 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
1443 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
1444 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
1445 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
1446 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
1447 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
1448 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
1449 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
1450 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
1451 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
1452 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
1453 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
1454 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
1455 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
1456 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
1457 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
1458 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
1459 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
1460 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
1461 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
1462
1463 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
1464
1465 CHANGES WITH 249:
1466
1467 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
1468 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
1469 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
1470 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
1471 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
1472 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
1473 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
1474 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
1475 a matching version identifier.
1476
1477 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
1478 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
1479 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
1480 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
1481 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
1482 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
1483 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
1484 during first boot. Example:
1485
1486 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
1487
1488 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
1489 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
1490 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
1491 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
1492 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
1493
1494 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
1495 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
1496 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
1497 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
1498 /etc/).
1499
1500 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
1501 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
1502 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
1503 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
1504
1505 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
1506 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
1507 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
1508 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
1509 systemd-sysusers tools.
1510
1511 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
1512 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
1513 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
1514 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
1515 itself.
1516
1517 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1518 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
1519 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
1520 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
1521 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
1522 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
1523 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
1524 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
1525 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
1526 immediately, even in read-only mode.
1527
1528 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
1529 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
1530 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
1531 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
1532 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
1533
1534 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
1535 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
1536 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
1537 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
1538 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
1539
1540 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
1541 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
1542 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
1543 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
1544 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
1545 specifiers.
1546
1547 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
1548 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
1549 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
1550 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
1551
1552 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
1553 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
1554 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
1555 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
1556 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
1557 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
1558 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
1559 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
1560 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
1561 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
1562 information, see:
1563
1564 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
1565
1566 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
1567 (IEEE 1394).
1568
1569 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
1570 backwards-incompatible changes:
1571
1572 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
1573 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
1574 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
1575 number.
1576
1577 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
1578 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
1579 where values up to 65535 are used.
1580
1581 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
1582
1583 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
1584 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
1585 command line parameter.
1586
1587 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
1588 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
1589 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
1590
1591 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
1592 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
1593 the udev device first appeared in the database.
1594
1595 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
1596 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
1597 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
1598 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
1599 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
1600 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
1601 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
1602 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
1603 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
1604 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
1605 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
1606 uevent.
1607
1608 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
1609 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
1610 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
1611 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
1612 index.
1613
1614 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
1615 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
1616 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
1617 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
1618 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
1619 for that official:
1620
1621 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
1622
1623 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
1624 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
1625 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
1626 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
1627 services into them.
1628
1629 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
1630 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
1631 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
1632 available on private domains.
1633
1634 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
1635
1636 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
1637 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
1638 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
1639
1640 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
1641 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
1642 connectivity.
1643
1644 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
1645 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
1646 consider an interface "online".
1647
1648 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
1649 information.
1650
1651 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
1652 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
1653
1654 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
1655 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
1656
1657 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
1658 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
1659 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
1660 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
1661
1662 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
1663 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
1664 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
1665 before.
1666
1667 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
1668 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
1669 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
1670 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
1671
1672 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
1673 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
1674 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
1675
1676 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
1677 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
1678 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
1679 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
1680 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
1681 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
1682 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
1683
1684 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
1685 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
1686 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
1687 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
1688 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
1689 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
1690 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
1691 compatibility.)
1692
1693 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
1694 files.
1695
1696 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
1697 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
1698 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
1699 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
1700
1701 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
1702 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
1703 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
1704 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
1705 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
1706 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
1707
1708 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
1709 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
1710 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
1711 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
1712 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
1713 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
1714 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
1715 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
1716 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
1717 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
1718 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
1719 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
1720 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
1721 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
1722 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
1723
1724 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
1725
1726 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
1727 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
1728 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
1729 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
1730 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
1731 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
1732 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
1733
1734 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
1735 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
1736 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
1737 via BPF.
1738
1739 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
1740 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
1741 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
1742 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
1743
1744 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
1745 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
1746 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
1747 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
1748 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
1749 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
1750
1751 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
1752 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
1753 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
1754 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
1755 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
1756 program code that can consume JSON.
1757
1758 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
1759 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
1760
1761 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
1762 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
1763 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
1764 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
1765 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
1766 continue to be supported for compatibility.
1767
1768 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
1769 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
1770
1771 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
1772 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
1773 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
1774 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
1775 level.
1776
1777 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
1778 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
1779 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
1780 Type 1 boot loader entries.
1781
1782 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
1783 may be specified now.
1784
1785 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
1786 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
1787 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
1788 an interactive user is generally not present.
1789
1790 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
1791 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
1792 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
1793 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
1794 asterisks.)
1795
1796 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
1797 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
1798 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
1799 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
1800 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
1801 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
1802 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
1803 used FIDO2 token.
1804
1805 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
1806 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
1807 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
1808 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
1809 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
1810 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
1811 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
1812
1813 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
1814 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
1815 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
1816 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
1817 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
1818 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
1819 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
1820 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
1821 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
1822 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
1823 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
1824 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
1825 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
1826 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
1827 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
1828 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
1829 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
1830 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
1831 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
1832 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
1833 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
1834 privileges on the host).
1835
1836 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
1837 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
1838 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
1839
1840 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
1841 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
1842 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
1843 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
1844 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
1845 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
1846 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
1847 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
1848 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
1849
1850 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
1851 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
1852 user database lookups.
1853
1854 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
1855 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
1856 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
1857 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
1858 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
1859 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
1860 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
1861 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
1862 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
1863 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
1864 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
1865 is trivially simple.
1866
1867 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
1868 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
1869 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
1870 Journal records.
1871
1872 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
1873 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
1874 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
1875 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
1876 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
1877 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
1878 units that are members of a slice.
1879
1880 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
1881 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
1882 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
1883 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
1884
1885 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
1886 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
1887 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
1888 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
1889 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
1890 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
1891
1892 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
1893 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
1894 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
1895 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
1896 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
1897 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
1898 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
1899 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
1900 another unit that intends to uphold it.
1901
1902 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
1903 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
1904
1905 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
1906 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
1907 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
1908
1909 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
1910 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
1911 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
1912 characters literally.
1913
1914 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
1915 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
1916 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
1917 switch.
1918
1919 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
1920 the systemd source code tree:
1921
1922 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
1923
1924 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
1925 the initrd.
1926
1927 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
1928 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
1929 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
1930
1931 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
1932 or the slice(s) it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
1933 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
1934 unit can claim before hitting the limit(s).
1935
1936 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
1937 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
1938 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
1939 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
1940 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
1941 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
1942 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
1943 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
1944
1945 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
1946 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
1947
1948 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
1949 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
1950 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
1951 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
1952
1953 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
1954 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
1955 generation.
1956
1957 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
1958 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
1959 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
1960
1961 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
1962 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
1963
1964 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
1965 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
1966 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
1967
1968 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
1969 setting a network timeout time.
1970
1971 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
1972 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
1973 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
1974
1975 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
1976 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
1977 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
1978 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
1979 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
1980 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
1981 that.
1982
1983 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
1984 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
1985 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
1986 events in a short time window.
1987
1988 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
1989 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
1990 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
1991 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
1992 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
1993 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
1994 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
1995 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
1996 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
1997 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
1998 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
1999 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
2000 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
2001 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
2002 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
2003 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
2004 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
2005 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
2006 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
2007 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
2008 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
2009 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
2010 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
2011 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
2012 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
2013 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
2014 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
2015 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
2016 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
2017 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
2018 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
2019
2020 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
2021
2022 CHANGES WITH 248:
2023
2024 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
2025 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
2026 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
2027 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
2028 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
2029 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
2030
2031 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
2032 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
2033 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
2034
2035 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
2036 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
2037 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
2038
2039 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
2040 supported system extension level.
2041
2042 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
2043 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
2044 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
2045 constraints.
2046
2047 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
2048 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
2049 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
2050
2051 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
2052 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
2053 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
2054 similar to /etc/crypttab.
2055
2056 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
2057 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
2058
2059 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
2060 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
2061 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
2062 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
2063 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
2064
2065 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
2066 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
2067 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
2068 user.
2069
2070 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
2071 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
2072 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
2073 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
2074 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
2075 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
2076 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
2077 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
2078
2079 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
2080 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
2081 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
2082 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
2083 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
2084
2085 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
2086 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
2087 D-Bus properties.
2088
2089 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
2090 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
2091 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
2092 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
2093 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
2094 shows this in the status output.
2095
2096 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
2097 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
2098 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
2099 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
2100 the need for configuration in an external file.
2101
2102 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
2103 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
2104 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
2105
2106 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
2107 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
2108 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
2109
2110 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
2111 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
2112 them. See:
2113
2114 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
2115
2116 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
2117
2118 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
2119 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
2120 dependency.
2121
2122 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
2123 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
2124 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
2125
2126 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
2127 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
2128 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
2129 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
2130 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
2131 output and such.
2132
2133 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
2134 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
2135
2136 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
2137 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
2138
2139 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
2140 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
2141 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
2142 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
2143
2144 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
2145 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
2146 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
2147 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
2148
2149 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
2150 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
2151 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
2152
2153 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
2154 IPC namespace.
2155
2156 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
2157 generated from kernel lists exported on
2158 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
2159
2160 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
2161 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
2162 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
2163
2164 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
2165 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
2166 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
2167 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
2168
2169 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
2170 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
2171 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
2172
2173 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
2174 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
2175 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
2176 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
2177
2178 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
2179 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
2180
2181 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
2182 noexec for parts of the file system.
2183
2184 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
2185 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
2186 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
2187 systemctl and similar tools:
2188
2189 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
2190
2191 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
2192 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
2193 the host itself is connected to
2194
2195 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
2196
2197 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
2198 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
2199 parameter: the message to send.
2200
2201 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
2202 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
2203 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
2204
2205 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
2206 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
2207
2208 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
2209 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
2210
2211 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
2212 queue to be configured.
2213
2214 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
2215 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
2216 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
2217
2218 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
2219 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
2220 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
2221 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
2222 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
2223 .network files.
2224
2225 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
2226 switch to select the routing policy table.
2227
2228 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
2229 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
2230
2231 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
2232 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
2233 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
2234 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
2235 added.
2236
2237 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
2238 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
2239
2240 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
2241 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
2242
2243 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
2244 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
2245 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
2246 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
2247
2248 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
2249 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
2250 devices.
2251
2252 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
2253 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
2254 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
2255
2256 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
2257 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
2258 even a single device.
2259
2260 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
2261 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
2262 systems.
2263
2264 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
2265 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
2266
2267 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
2268 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
2269 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
2270 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
2271 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
2272
2273 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
2274 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
2275
2276 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
2277 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
2278 libfprint.
2279
2280 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
2281 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
2282 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
2283 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
2284 the upstream server.
2285
2286 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
2287 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
2288 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
2289 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
2290 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
2291 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
2292 anyway.
2293
2294 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
2295 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
2296 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
2297
2298 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
2299 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
2300 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
2301 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
2302 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
2303 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
2304 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
2305 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
2306 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
2307 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
2308 lookup.
2309
2310 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
2311 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
2312 capabilities passed to the container payload.
2313
2314 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
2315 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
2316 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
2317 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
2318 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
2319 IPv4-only).
2320
2321 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
2322 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
2323 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
2324
2325 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
2326 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
2327
2328 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
2329 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
2330 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
2331 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
2332 units.
2333
2334 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
2335 backwards-compatiblity promises apply). Swap is not required for
2336 operation, but it is still recommended.
2337
2338 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
2339 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
2340
2341 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
2342 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
2343
2344 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
2345 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
2346 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
2347
2348 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
2349 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
2350 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
2351
2352 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
2353 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
2354 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
2355 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
2356 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
2357 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
2358 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
2359 imported into the manager environment block.
2360
2361 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
2362 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
2363 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
2364
2365 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
2366 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
2367 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
2368 reloaded "↻".
2369
2370 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
2371 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
2372 a simple JSON format.
2373
2374 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
2375 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
2376 process signals and their numbers.
2377
2378 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
2379
2380 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
2381 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
2382
2383 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
2384 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
2385 colors are used in output.
2386
2387 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
2388 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
2389 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
2390 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
2391 disable this output again.
2392
2393 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
2394 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
2395 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
2396 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
2397
2398 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
2399 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
2400 recommended.
2401
2402 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
2403 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
2404 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
2405 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
2406 the keymap file first.
2407
2408 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
2409
2410 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
2411 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
2412 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
2413
2414 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
2415 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
2416 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
2417 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
2418
2419 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
2420 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
2421 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
2422 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
2423 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
2424 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
2425
2426 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
2427 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
2428 headers/legends.
2429
2430 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
2431 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
2432 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
2433 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
2434 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
2435 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
2436 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
2437 operations at a later step at once.
2438
2439 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
2440 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
2441 to regular strings.
2442
2443 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
2444 and measured the boot process into it.
2445
2446 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
2447 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
2448 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
2449 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
2450
2451 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
2452 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
2453 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
2454 it assigns the container a cgroup.
2455
2456 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
2457 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
2458
2459 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
2460 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
2461
2462 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
2463 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
2464 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
2465 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
2466 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
2467 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
2468 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
2469 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
2470 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
2471 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
2472 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
2473 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
2474 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
2475 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
2476 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
2477 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
2478 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
2479 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
2480 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
2481 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
2482 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
2483 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
2484 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
2485 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
2486 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
2487 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
2488 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
2489 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
2490 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
2491 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
2492 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
2493 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
2494 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
2495 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
2496 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
2497 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2498 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
2499
2500 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
2501
2502 CHANGES WITH 247:
2503
2504 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
2505 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
2506 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
2507 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
2508 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
2509 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
2510 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
2511 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
2512 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
2513 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
2514 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
2515 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
2516 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
2517 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
2518 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
2519
2520 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
2521 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
2522 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
2523 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
2524 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
2525 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
2526 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
2527 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
2528 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
2529 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
2530 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
2531 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
2532 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
2533 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
2534 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
2535
2536 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
2537 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
2538 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
2539 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
2540 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
2541 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
2542 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
2543 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
2544 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
2545 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
2546
2547 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
2548 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
2549 handle the new events. Specifically:
2550
2551 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
2552 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
2553 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
2554 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
2555 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
2556 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
2557 generated, for all other device types this change is still
2558 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
2559 future kernel uevent type additions).
2560
2561 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
2562 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
2563 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
2564 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
2565 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
2566 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
2567 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
2568 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
2569 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
2570 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
2571 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
2572 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
2573
2574 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
2575 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
2576 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
2577 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
2578 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
2579 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
2580 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
2581 above).
2582
2583 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
2584 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
2585 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
2586 behaviour change.
2587
2588 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
2589 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
2590 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
2591 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
2592 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
2593 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
2594 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
2595 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
2596 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
2597 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
2598 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
2599 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
2600 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
2601 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
2602 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
2603 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
2604 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
2605 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
2606 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
2607 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
2608 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
2609 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
2610 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
2611 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
2612 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
2613 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
2614
2615 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
2616 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
2617 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
2618 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
2619 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
2620
2621 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
2622 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
2623 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
2624 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
2625 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
2626 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
2627 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
2628 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
2629 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
2630 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
2631 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
2632 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
2633 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
2634
2635 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
2636 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
2637 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
2638 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
2639 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
2640 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
2641 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
2642 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
2643 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
2644 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
2645 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
2646 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
2647 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
2648 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
2649 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
2650 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
2651 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
2652 they now are optional during runtime.
2653
2654 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
2655 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
2656 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
2657 which installs absolute timers.
2658
2659 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
2660 mode, which may be controlled via the new
2661 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
2662 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
2663 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
2664 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
2665 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
2666 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
2667 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
2668 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
2669
2670 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
2671 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
2672 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
2673 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
2674 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
2675 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
2676 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
2677 dispatched).
2678
2679 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
2680 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
2681 the RootImage= setting.
2682
2683 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
2684 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
2685 to the service.
2686
2687 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
2688 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
2689 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
2690 different for different units).
2691
2692 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
2693 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
2694 options.
2695
2696 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
2697 --json= switch.
2698
2699 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
2700 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
2701 authentication request.
2702
2703 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
2704 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
2705 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
2706 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
2707 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
2708 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
2709 empty.
2710
2711 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
2712 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
2713 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
2714 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
2715 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
2716 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
2717 image to be applied onto the image.
2718
2719 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
2720 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
2721 in OS disk images.
2722
2723 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
2724 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
2725 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
2726 other output modes.
2727
2728 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
2729 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
2730 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
2731 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
2732
2733 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
2734 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
2735 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
2736 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
2737 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
2738 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
2739 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
2740 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
2741 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
2742 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
2743
2744 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
2745 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
2746 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
2747 recursively to whole subtrees.
2748
2749 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
2750 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
2751 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
2752 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
2753 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
2754 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
2755 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
2756 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
2757
2758 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
2759 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
2760 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
2761 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
2762 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
2763 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
2764 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
2765 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
2766 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
2767 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
2768 system asks for a password.
2769
2770 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
2771 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
2772 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
2773 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
2774 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
2775 up.
2776
2777 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
2778 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
2779 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
2780
2781 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
2782 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
2783 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
2784 virtualization.
2785
2786 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
2787 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
2788 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
2789 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
2790 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
2791 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
2792 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
2793 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
2794 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
2795 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
2796 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
2797 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
2798 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
2799 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
2800 directories:
2801
2802 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
2803
2804 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
2805 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
2806 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
2807
2808 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
2809 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
2810 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
2811 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
2812
2813 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
2814 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
2815
2816 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
2817 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
2818 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
2819 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
2820 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
2821 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
2822 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
2823 applications.
2824
2825 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
2826 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
2827 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
2828 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
2829 build time.
2830
2831 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
2832 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
2833 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
2834 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
2835 system call filter policy.
2836
2837 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
2838 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
2839 filtering is turned off.
2840
2841 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
2842 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
2843 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
2844 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
2845 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
2846 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
2847 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
2848 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
2849 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
2850
2851 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
2852 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
2853 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
2854 exited.
2855
2856 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
2857 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
2858
2859 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
2860 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
2861 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
2862 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
2863 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
2864 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
2865 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
2866 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
2867 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
2868 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
2869 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
2870 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
2871 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
2872 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
2873 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
2874 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
2875 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
2876 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
2877 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
2878 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
2879 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
2880 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
2881
2882 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
2883 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
2884 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
2885 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
2886 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
2887 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
2888 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
2889 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
2890 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
2891 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
2892 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
2893 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
2894 aforementioned service settings.
2895
2896 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
2897 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
2898 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
2899 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
2900 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
2901 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
2902 and populated — there is no time window where they are
2903 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
2904 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
2905 will start from the beginning.
2906
2907 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
2908 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
2909 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
2910 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
2911
2912 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
2913 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
2914 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
2915 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
2916 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
2917 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
2918 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
2919 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
2920 on, including in the initrd.
2921
2922 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
2923 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
2924 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
2925 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
2926
2927 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
2928 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
2929 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
2930 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
2931 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
2932
2933 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
2934 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
2935 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
2936 this property in its status output.
2937
2938 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
2939 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
2940 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
2941 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
2942 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
2943 more similarly to nss-resolve.
2944
2945 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
2946 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
2947 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
2948 ctime.
2949
2950 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
2951 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
2952
2953 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
2954 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
2955 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
2956 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
2957 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
2958 having to rebuild systemd.
2959
2960 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
2961 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
2962 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
2963 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
2964 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
2965 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
2966 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
2967 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
2968
2969 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
2970 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
2971 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
2972 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
2973 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
2974 hardlinks.
2975
2976 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
2977 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
2978 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
2979
2980 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
2981 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
2982 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
2983 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
2984
2985 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
2986 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
2987
2988 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
2989 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
2990 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
2991 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
2992 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
2993
2994 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
2995 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
2996 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
2997 compatibility).
2998
2999 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
3000 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
3001 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
3002 prefix will be assigned.
3003
3004 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
3005 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
3006 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
3007 The setting is enabled by default.
3008
3009 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
3010 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
3011
3012 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
3013 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
3014 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
3015 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
3016 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
3017 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
3018 debuggable.
3019
3020 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
3021 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
3022 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
3023 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
3024
3025 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
3026 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
3027
3028 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
3029 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
3030 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
3031 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
3032 environments where the root file system is
3033 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
3034 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
3035
3036 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
3037 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
3038 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
3039 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
3040 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
3041 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
3042 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
3043 later).
3044
3045 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
3046 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
3047 working with heavily threaded programs.
3048
3049 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
3050 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
3051 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
3052 desirable.
3053
3054 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
3055 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
3056 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
3057 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
3058 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
3059 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
3060
3061 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
3062 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
3063 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
3064 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
3065 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
3066
3067 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
3068 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
3069 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
3070 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
3071 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
3072 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
3073 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
3074 promises.
3075
3076 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
3077 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
3078 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
3079 promises.
3080
3081 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
3082 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
3083 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
3084 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
3085 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
3086 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
3087 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
3088 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
3089 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
3090
3091 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
3092 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
3093 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
3094 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
3095 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
3096 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
3097 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
3098 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
3099 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
3100
3101 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
3102 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
3103 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
3104 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
3105 like this.
3106
3107 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
3108 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
3109 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
3110 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
3111 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
3112 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
3113 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
3114 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
3115 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
3116
3117 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
3118 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
3119 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
3120 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
3121 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
3122 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
3123 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
3124 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
3125 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
3126 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
3127 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
3128 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
3129 appropriately.
3130
3131 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
3132 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
3133 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
3134 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
3135 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
3136 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
3137
3138 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
3139 contents in commented form in the text editor.
3140
3141 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
3142 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
3143 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
3144 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
3145 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
3146 protections for the different slices in the future.
3147
3148 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
3149 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
3150 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
3151 image dissection logic.
3152
3153 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
3154 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
3155 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
3156 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
3157 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
3158 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3159 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3160 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
3161 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
3162 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
3163 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
3164 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
3165 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
3166 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
3167 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
3168 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
3169 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
3170 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
3171 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
3172 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
3173 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
3174 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
3175 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3176 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
3177 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
3178 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
3179 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
3180 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
3181 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
3182 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
3183 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
3184 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3185 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3186
3187 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
3188
3189 CHANGES WITH 246:
3190
3191 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
3192 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
3193 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
3194
3195 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
3196 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
3197
3198 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
3199 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
3200 based on the NUMA mask.
3201
3202 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
3203 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
3204 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
3205
3206 * Two new unit file settings
3207 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
3208 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
3209 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
3210 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
3211
3212 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
3213 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
3214 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
3215 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
3216 instance).
3217
3218 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
3219 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
3220 service's processes shall include.
3221
3222 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
3223 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
3224 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
3225 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
3226
3227 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
3228 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
3229 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
3230 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
3231 depending on socket type.
3232
3233 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
3234 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
3235 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
3236 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
3237 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
3238 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
3239 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
3240 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
3241 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
3242 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
3243
3244 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
3245 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
3246 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
3247 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
3248 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
3249 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
3250 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
3251 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
3252
3253 * .service unit files gained two new options
3254 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
3255 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
3256 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
3257
3258 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
3259 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
3260 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
3261 prefix is used.
3262
3263 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
3264 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
3265 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
3266 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
3267 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
3268 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
3269 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
3270 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
3271 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
3272 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
3273 key/certificate parameters support this now.
3274
3275 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
3276 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
3277 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
3278 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
3279 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
3280 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
3281
3282 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
3283 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
3284 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
3285 finally gone now.
3286
3287 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
3288 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
3289 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
3290 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
3291
3292 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
3293 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
3294 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
3295 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
3296 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
3297 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
3298 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
3299 which is quite likely a major security problem.
3300
3301 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
3302 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
3303 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
3304 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
3305 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
3306
3307 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
3308 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
3309 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
3310 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
3311 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
3312
3313 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
3314 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
3315 boot.
3316
3317 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
3318 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
3319 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
3320 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
3321 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
3322 device.
3323
3324 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
3325 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
3326 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
3327
3328 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
3329 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
3330 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
3331 conditions.
3332
3333 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
3334 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
3335 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
3336 in order to make test cases more reliable.
3337
3338 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
3339 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
3340 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
3341 the process that faulted.
3342
3343 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
3344 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
3345 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
3346
3347 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
3348 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
3349 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
3350 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
3351 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
3352
3353 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
3354 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
3355 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
3356 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
3357 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
3358
3359 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
3360 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
3361 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
3362 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
3363 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
3364
3365 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
3366 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
3367 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
3368 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
3369 frame ring buffer sizes.
3370
3371 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
3372 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
3373
3374 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
3375 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
3376
3377 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
3378 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
3379 automatically assigned to the interface.
3380
3381 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
3382 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
3383 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
3384 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
3385 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
3386 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
3387 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
3388 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
3389 mode for Assign=.
3390
3391 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
3392 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
3393 source addresses.
3394
3395 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
3396 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
3397 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
3398 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
3399 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
3400 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
3401 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
3402 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
3403 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
3404 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
3405
3406 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
3407 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
3408 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
3409 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
3410 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
3411 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
3412 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
3413
3414 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
3415 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
3416 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
3417 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
3418 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
3419 the RA packets suggest it.
3420
3421 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
3422 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
3423 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
3424 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
3425
3426 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
3427 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
3428 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
3429 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
3430 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
3431 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
3432 field.
3433
3434 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
3435 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
3436 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
3437 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
3438 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
3439 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
3440
3441 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
3442 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
3443
3444 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
3445 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
3446 the VLAN protocol to use.
3447
3448 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
3449 of the .network files, to control the link group.
3450
3451 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
3452 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
3453 link local address is generated.
3454
3455 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
3456 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
3457 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
3458 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
3459 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
3460 carefully picking an interface name to use.
3461
3462 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
3463 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
3464
3465 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
3466 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
3467
3468 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
3469 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
3470 are still understood to provide compatibility.
3471
3472 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
3473 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
3474 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
3475 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
3476 interfaces up or down.
3477
3478 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
3479 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
3480 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
3481 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
3482 interface may be specified (after "%").
3483
3484 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
3485 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
3486 public DNS servers are not used.
3487
3488 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
3489
3490 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
3491 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
3492 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
3493 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
3494 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
3495 defined by systemd-resolved).
3496
3497 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
3498 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
3499 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
3500
3501 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
3502 --property=…".
3503
3504 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
3505 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
3506 use --plain.
3507
3508 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
3509 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
3510 being deprecated in favor of this option.
3511
3512 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
3513 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
3514 process itself.
3515
3516 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
3517 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
3518 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
3519 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
3520 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
3521 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
3522 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
3523 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
3524 implementations.
3525
3526 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
3527 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
3528 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
3529 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
3530 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
3531 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
3532 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
3533 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
3534 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
3535
3536 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
3537 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
3538 initialization.
3539
3540 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
3541 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
3542 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
3543
3544 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
3545 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
3546 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
3547 without any decoration.
3548
3549 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
3550 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
3551 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
3552 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
3553 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
3554 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
3555
3556 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
3557 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
3558 coredump data from.
3559
3560 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
3561 the zstd algorithm.
3562
3563 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
3564 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
3565 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
3566 not block clean file system unmounting.
3567
3568 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
3569 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
3570 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
3571
3572 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
3573 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
3574 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
3575 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
3576
3577 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
3578 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
3579
3580 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
3581 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
3582 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
3583 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
3584 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
3585 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
3586 instead of operating on actual block devices.
3587
3588 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
3589 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
3590
3591 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
3592 instead of 0.
3593
3594 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
3595 specifier expansion.
3596
3597 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
3598 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
3599 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
3600 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
3601 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
3602
3603 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
3604 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
3605 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
3606 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
3607 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
3608
3609 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
3610 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
3611 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
3612 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
3613 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
3614 --fido2-device= option.
3615
3616 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
3617 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
3618 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
3619 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
3620 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
3621 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
3622 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
3623
3624 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
3625 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
3626 changed from ext2 to ext4.
3627
3628 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
3629 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
3630 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
3631 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
3632 before the system continues to boot.
3633
3634 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
3635 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
3636 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
3637 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
3638 instead of at installation time.
3639
3640 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
3641 volumes with automatically from files in
3642 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
3643 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
3644
3645 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
3646 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
3647
3648 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
3649 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
3650 instance.
3651
3652 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
3653 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
3654 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
3655 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
3656
3657 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
3658 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
3659
3660 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
3661 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
3662 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
3663 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
3664 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
3665 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
3666 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
3667 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
3668 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
3669 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
3670 incremental).
3671
3672 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
3673 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
3674 which it then operates.
3675
3676 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
3677 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
3678 directories for various resources.
3679
3680 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
3681 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
3682 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
3683 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
3684 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
3685 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
3686 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
3687 via the new --no-block switch.
3688
3689 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
3690 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
3691 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
3692 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
3693 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
3694 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
3695 case.
3696
3697 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
3698 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
3699 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
3700 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
3701
3702 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
3703 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
3704 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
3705 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
3706 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
3707
3708 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
3709 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
3710 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
3711 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
3712 vtable is associated with.
3713
3714 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
3715 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
3716 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
3717 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
3718
3719 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
3720 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
3721 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
3722
3723 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
3724
3725 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
3726 document the methods, signals and properties.
3727
3728 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
3729 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
3730 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
3731 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
3732 desktops has been added:
3733
3734 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
3735 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
3736 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
3737
3738 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
3739 and has now moved to:
3740
3741 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
3742
3743 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
3744 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
3745 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
3746 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
3747 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
3748 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
3749 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
3750
3751 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
3752 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
3753 target of the service during runtime.
3754
3755 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
3756 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
3757 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
3758
3759 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
3760 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
3761 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
3762 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
3763 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
3764 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
3765 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
3766 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
3767 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
3768 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
3769 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
3770 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3771 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
3772 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
3773 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
3774 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
3775 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
3776 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
3777 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
3778 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
3779 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
3780 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
3781 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
3782 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
3783 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
3784 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
3785 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
3786 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
3787 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
3788 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
3789 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
3790 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
3791 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
3792 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
3793 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
3794 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
3795 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3796 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
3797
3798 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
3799
3800 CHANGES WITH 245:
3801
3802 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
3803 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
3804 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
3805 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
3806 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
3807 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
3808 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
3809 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
3810 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
3811 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
3812 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
3813 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
3814 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
3815 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
3816 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
3817 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
3818 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
3819 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
3820 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
3821 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
3822 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
3823
3824 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
3825 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
3826 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
3827 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
3828 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
3829 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
3830 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
3831 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
3832 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
3833 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
3834 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
3835 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
3836 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
3837 that for the first time resource management and various other
3838 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
3839 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
3840 to apply on login. For further details see:
3841
3842 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
3843 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
3844 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
3845
3846 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
3847 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
3848 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
3849 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
3850 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
3851 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
3852 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
3853 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
3854 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
3855
3856 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
3857
3858 For further details about the format and expectations on home
3859 directories this new daemon makes, see:
3860
3861 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
3862
3863 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
3864 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
3865 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
3866 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
3867 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
3868 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
3869 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
3870 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
3871 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
3872 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
3873 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
3874 usage limitations and other settings.
3875
3876 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
3877 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
3878 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
3879 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
3880 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
3881 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
3882 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
3883 resource usage.
3884
3885 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
3886 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
3887
3888 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
3889 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
3890 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
3891 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
3892 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
3893
3894 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
3895 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
3896 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
3897 itself and the default for all other processes.
3898
3899 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
3900 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
3901 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
3902 database into account.
3903
3904 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
3905 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
3906 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
3907 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
3908
3909 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
3910 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
3911 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
3912 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
3913 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
3914 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
3915 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
3916 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
3917 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
3918 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
3919
3920 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
3921 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
3922 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
3923 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
3924 event source watching it is freed).
3925
3926 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
3927 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
3928 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
3929 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
3930
3931 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
3932 (IFB) network devices.
3933
3934 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
3935 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
3936
3937 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
3938 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
3939 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
3940 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
3941 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
3942 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
3943
3944 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
3945 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
3946 with its sense inverted.
3947
3948 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
3949 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
3950 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
3951
3952 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
3953 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
3954 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
3955
3956 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
3957 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
3958 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
3959 to be used.
3960
3961 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
3962 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
3963 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
3964 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
3965 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
3966 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
3967 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
3968
3969 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
3970 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
3971 debugging purposes.
3972
3973 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
3974 group named differently than the user.
3975
3976 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
3977 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
3978 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
3979
3980 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
3981 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
3982 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
3983 /etc/fstab.
3984
3985 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
3986 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
3987 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
3988 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
3989
3990 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
3991 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
3992 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
3993 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
3994
3995 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
3996 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
3997 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
3998 Bernard.
3999
4000 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
4001 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
4002 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
4003 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
4004 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
4005 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
4006 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
4007 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
4008 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
4009 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
4010 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
4011
4012 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
4013 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
4014 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
4015 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
4016 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
4017 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
4018 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
4019 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
4020 command line option.
4021
4022 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
4023 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
4024
4025 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
4026 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
4027 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
4028 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
4029 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
4030 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
4031 systemd-timedated.
4032
4033 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
4034 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
4035 GPT partition table types.
4036
4037 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
4038 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
4039 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
4040
4041 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4042
4043 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
4044 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
4045 for the respective units.
4046
4047 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
4048 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
4049 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
4050
4051 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
4052 "status" output.
4053
4054 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
4055 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
4056 disappear.
4057
4058 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
4059 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
4060 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
4061 address is used.
4062
4063 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
4064 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
4065 dropped from the individual setting names.
4066
4067 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
4068 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
4069 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
4070 such files in version 243.
4071
4072 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
4073 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
4074 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
4075
4076 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
4077 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
4078 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
4079
4080 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
4081 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
4082 with stopping and disablement.
4083
4084 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
4085 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
4086 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
4087 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
4088 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
4089 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
4090 some internal systemd services (most notably
4091 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
4092 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
4093 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
4094 this systemd release. See
4095 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
4096 additional discussion.
4097
4098 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
4099 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
4100 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
4101 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
4102 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
4103 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
4104 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4105 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
4106 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
4107 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
4108 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
4109 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
4110 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
4111 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
4112 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
4113 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
4114 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
4115 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
4116 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
4117 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4118 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
4119 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
4120 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
4121 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
4122 DONG
4123
4124 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
4125
4126 CHANGES WITH 244:
4127
4128 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
4129 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
4130 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
4131 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
4132
4133 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
4134 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
4135 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
4136 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
4137
4138 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
4139 units.
4140
4141 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
4142 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
4143 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
4144 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
4145 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
4146 set the EFI variable.
4147
4148 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
4149 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
4150 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
4151 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
4152 and overrides the systemd setting.
4153
4154 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
4155 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
4156 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
4157 effect.)
4158
4159 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
4160 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
4161 that affects all corresponding unit files.
4162
4163 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
4164 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
4165
4166 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
4167 the unit being shown.
4168
4169 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
4170 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
4171 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
4172 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
4173 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
4174
4175 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
4176 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
4177 which need to use them.
4178
4179 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
4180 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
4181 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
4182 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
4183 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
4184 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
4185 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
4186 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
4187 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
4188 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
4189
4190 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
4191 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
4192 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
4193 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
4194 security tokens that were used previously.
4195
4196 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
4197 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
4198 improve power saving with many more devices.
4199
4200 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
4201 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
4202 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
4203
4204 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
4205 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
4206 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
4207 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
4208 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
4209
4210 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
4211 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
4212 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
4213 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
4214 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
4215
4216 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
4217 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
4218
4219 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
4220 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
4221
4222 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
4223 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
4224 now supported.
4225
4226 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
4227 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
4228
4229 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
4230 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
4231 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
4232
4233 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
4234 received from the server.
4235
4236 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
4237 set.
4238
4239 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
4240 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
4241
4242 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
4243 using a new SendOption= setting.
4244
4245 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
4246 service type" value used by the client.
4247
4248 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
4249 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
4250
4251 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
4252 a new SendOption= setting.
4253
4254 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
4255 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
4256
4257 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
4258 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
4259
4260 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
4261 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
4262 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
4263
4264 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
4265 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
4266 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
4267 BSSID for wireless links.
4268
4269 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
4270 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
4271
4272 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
4273 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
4274
4275 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
4276 disciplines in the kernel using the new
4277 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
4278 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
4279 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
4280 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
4281
4282 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
4283
4284 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
4285 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
4286 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
4287 on its own).
4288
4289 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
4290 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
4291 of the present time.
4292
4293 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
4294 reproducible image builds easier).
4295
4296 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
4297 Specification.
4298
4299 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
4300 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
4301 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
4302 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
4303
4304 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
4305 is being used.
4306
4307 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
4308
4309 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
4310 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
4311 path as the system manager.
4312
4313 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
4314 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
4315 representation").
4316
4317 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
4318 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
4319 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
4320 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
4321 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
4322 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
4323 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
4324 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
4325
4326 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
4327 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
4328 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
4329 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
4330 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
4331 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
4332 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
4333 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
4334 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
4335 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4336 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
4337 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
4338 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
4339 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
4340 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
4341 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
4342 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
4343 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
4344 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
4345 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
4346 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
4347 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
4348 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4349
4350 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
4351
4352 CHANGES WITH 243:
4353
4354 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
4355 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
4356 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
4357 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
4358 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
4359 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
4360 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
4361 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
4362
4363 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
4364 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
4365 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
4366 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
4367 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
4368 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
4369 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
4370 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
4371 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
4372 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
4373 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
4374 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
4375 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
4376 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
4377 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
4378 documentation.
4379
4380 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
4381 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
4382 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
4383 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
4384 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
4385 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
4386 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
4387 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
4388 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
4389 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
4390 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
4391 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
4392 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
4393 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
4394 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
4395 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
4396
4397 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
4398 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
4399 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
4400 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
4401
4402 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
4403 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
4404
4405 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
4406 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
4407 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
4408 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
4409 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
4410 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
4411 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
4412 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
4413 caught up with the kernel API changes.
4414
4415 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
4416 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
4417 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
4418 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
4419 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
4420 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
4421 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
4422 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
4423 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
4424 packagers.
4425
4426 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
4427 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
4428
4429 build/man/man systemctl
4430 build/man/html systemd.index
4431
4432 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
4433 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
4434
4435 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
4436 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
4437 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
4438 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
4439 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
4440 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
4441
4442 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
4443 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
4444 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
4445 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
4446 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
4447 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
4448 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
4449 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
4450 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
4451 unambiguously distinguished.
4452
4453 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
4454 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
4455 very rarely used.
4456
4457 To replace this functionality, users should:
4458 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
4459 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
4460 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
4461 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
4462 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
4463
4464 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
4465 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
4466 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
4467 interfaces should really be matched.
4468
4469 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
4470 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
4471 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
4472 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
4473 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
4474 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
4475
4476 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
4477 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
4478 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
4479 stop the whole unit.
4480
4481 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
4482 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
4483 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
4484 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
4485 generated whenever a unit stops.
4486
4487 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
4488 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
4489 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
4490 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
4491
4492 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
4493 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
4494 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
4495 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
4496 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
4497
4498 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
4499 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
4500 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
4501 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
4502 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
4503 programs set up externally.
4504
4505 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
4506 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
4507 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
4508 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
4509
4510 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
4511 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
4512 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
4513 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
4514 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
4515 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
4516 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
4517
4518 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
4519 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
4520 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
4521 as before.
4522
4523 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
4524 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
4525 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
4526 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
4527 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
4528 links on terminals that support that.
4529
4530 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
4531 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
4532 unmounted safely during shutdown.
4533
4534 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
4535
4536 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
4537 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
4538 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
4539 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
4540 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
4541 The default remains unchanged.
4542
4543 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
4544 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
4545
4546 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
4547 udev property.
4548
4549 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
4550 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
4551 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
4552
4553 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
4554 interfaces natively.
4555
4556 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
4557 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
4558 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
4559 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
4560
4561 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
4562 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
4563 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
4564 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
4565 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
4566 RELEASE message when terminating.
4567
4568 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
4569 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
4570
4571 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
4572 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
4573 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
4574 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
4575 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
4576 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
4577 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
4578
4579 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
4580 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
4581 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
4582 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
4583 added to the GENEVE support.
4584
4585 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
4586 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
4587 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
4588 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
4589 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
4590
4591 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
4592 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
4593 onto the network device.
4594
4595 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
4596 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
4597 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
4598 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
4599 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
4600
4601 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
4602 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
4603 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
4604
4605 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
4606 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
4607
4608 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
4609 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
4610
4611 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
4612 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
4613 statistics.
4614
4615 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
4616 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
4617 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
4618
4619 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
4620 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
4621
4622 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
4623 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
4624 specific udev properties.
4625
4626 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
4627 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
4628 "lo" as underlying device.
4629
4630 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
4631 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
4632 IP addresses, too.
4633
4634 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
4635 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
4636 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
4637 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
4638
4639 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
4640 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
4641 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
4642 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
4643
4644 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
4645 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
4646 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
4647
4648 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
4649 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
4650 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
4651
4652 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
4653
4654 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
4655 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
4656 does the same for recurring calendar events.
4657
4658 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
4659 durations as opposed to points in time).
4660
4661 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
4662 expressions.
4663
4664 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
4665 codes to their names and back.
4666
4667 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
4668 file paths and unit aliases.
4669
4670 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
4671 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
4672 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
4673 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
4674
4675 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
4676 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
4677 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
4678 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
4679 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
4680 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
4681 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
4682 udev rules for that purpose.
4683
4684 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
4685 a device to be initialized.
4686
4687 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
4688 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
4689 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
4690
4691 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
4692 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
4693 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
4694 with gcc's cleanup extension.
4695
4696 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
4697 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
4698 with printf().
4699
4700 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
4701 XML introspection data unmodified.
4702
4703 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
4704 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
4705 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
4706 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
4707
4708 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
4709 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
4710 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
4711 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
4712 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
4713 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
4714 configured to handle the watchdog.
4715
4716 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
4717 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
4718 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
4719
4720 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
4721 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
4722 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
4723
4724 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
4725 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
4726 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
4727 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
4728 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
4729
4730 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
4731 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
4732 review.
4733
4734 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
4735 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
4736
4737 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
4738 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
4739
4740 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
4741 failures to apply them are now ignored.
4742
4743 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
4744 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
4745 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
4746 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
4747
4748 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
4749 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
4750 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
4751 service.
4752
4753 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
4754 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
4755 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
4756 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
4757 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
4758 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
4759 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
4760 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
4761 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
4762 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
4763 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
4764 a seed was received from the boot loader.
4765
4766 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
4767
4768 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
4769 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
4770 above.
4771
4772 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
4773 installed.
4774
4775 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
4776 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
4777 bootloader entry).
4778
4779 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
4780 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
4781
4782 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
4783
4784 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
4785 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
4786 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
4787 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
4788 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
4789
4790 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
4791 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
4792 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
4793
4794 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
4795 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
4796
4797 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
4798 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
4799 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
4800
4801 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
4802 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
4803 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
4804 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
4805 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
4806 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
4807 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
4808 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
4809 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
4810 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
4811 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
4812 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
4813 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
4814 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4815 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
4816 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
4817 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
4818 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
4819 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
4820 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
4821 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
4822 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
4823 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
4824 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
4825 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
4826 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
4827 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
4828 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
4829 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
4830 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
4831
4832 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
4833
4834 CHANGES WITH 242:
4835
4836 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
4837 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
4838 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
4839 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
4840 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
4841 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
4842 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
4843
4844 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
4845 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
4846
4847 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
4848 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
4849 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
4850 may be used to view this.
4851
4852 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
4853 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
4854 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
4855 ```
4856 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
4857 [Match]
4858 Type=bridge
4859
4860 [Link]
4861 MACAddressPolicy=none
4862 ```
4863
4864 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
4865 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
4866 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
4867 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
4868 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
4869 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
4870 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
4871
4872 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
4873 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
4874
4875 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
4876 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
4877
4878 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
4879 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
4880
4881 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
4882 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
4883 is a USB peripheral).
4884
4885 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
4886 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
4887 measured.
4888
4889 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
4890 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
4891 have privileges to do so).
4892
4893 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
4894 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
4895 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
4896
4897 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
4898 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
4899 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
4900 namespace.
4901
4902 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
4903 in which case environment variable substitution is
4904 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
4905
4906 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
4907 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
4908 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
4909 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
4910 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
4911
4912 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
4913 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
4914 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
4915 installed CPU cores.
4916
4917 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
4918 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
4919 kernel 4.15.
4920
4921 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
4922 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
4923 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
4924 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
4925 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
4926
4927 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
4928 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
4929 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
4930
4931 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
4932 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
4933 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
4934 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
4935 enslaved devices is not operational.
4936
4937 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
4938 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
4939
4940 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
4941 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
4942 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
4943 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
4944 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
4945 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
4946
4947 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
4948 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
4949
4950 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
4951
4952 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
4953 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
4954 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
4955
4956 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
4957 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
4958
4959 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
4960 configure CAN triple sampling.
4961
4962 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
4963 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
4964
4965 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
4966 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
4967 details.
4968
4969 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
4970 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
4971 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
4972 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
4973 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
4974 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
4975
4976 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
4977
4978 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
4979 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
4980 controlling project quota inheritance.
4981
4982 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
4983 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
4984 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
4985 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
4986 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
4987 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
4988 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
4989 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
4990 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
4991 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
4992 partition.
4993
4994 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
4995 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
4996 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
4997 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
4998 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
4999
5000 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
5001 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
5002
5003 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
5004 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
5005 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
5006 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
5007 be used in production yet.
5008
5009 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
5010 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
5011 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
5012 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
5013 input, output, and error are set up.
5014
5015 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
5016
5017 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
5018 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
5019 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
5020
5021 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
5022 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
5023 the specified expression will elapse next.
5024
5025 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
5026 introspection data.
5027
5028 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
5029 the reboot() system call expects.
5030
5031 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
5032 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
5033 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
5034
5035 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
5036 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
5037 ConditionVirtualization=).
5038
5039 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
5040 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
5041 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
5042 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
5043 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
5044 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
5045 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
5046 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
5047 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
5048 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
5049 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
5050 during reboot with their own operations.
5051
5052 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
5053 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
5054 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
5055 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
5056
5057 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
5058 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
5059 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
5060 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
5061 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
5062
5063 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
5064 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
5065
5066 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
5067 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
5068 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
5069 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
5070 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
5071 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
5072 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
5073 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
5074 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
5075
5076 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
5077 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
5078 prohibited.
5079
5080 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
5081 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
5082 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
5083 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
5084 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
5085 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
5086 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
5087 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
5088
5089 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
5090 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
5091 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
5092 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
5093 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
5094 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
5095 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
5096 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
5097 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
5098 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
5099 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5100 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
5101 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
5102 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
5103 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
5104 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
5105 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
5106 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5107
5108 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
5109
5110 CHANGES WITH 241:
5111
5112 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
5113 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
5114 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
5115
5116 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
5117 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
5118 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
5119 include the package release information.
5120
5121 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
5122 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
5123 option.
5124
5125 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
5126 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
5127 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
5128
5129 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
5130 again.
5131
5132 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
5133 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
5134 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
5135 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
5136 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
5137 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
5138 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
5139 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
5140 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
5141 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
5142 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
5143 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
5144 installed .link files to *not* include it.
5145
5146 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
5147 "persistent", now works again as documented.
5148
5149 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
5150 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
5151
5152 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
5153 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
5154 used for side-channel attacks.
5155
5156 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
5157 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
5158 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
5159
5160 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
5161 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
5162 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
5163 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
5164 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
5165 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
5166
5167 fs.protected_regular = 0
5168 fs.protected_fifos = 0
5169
5170 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
5171 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
5172
5173 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
5174 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
5175 POSIX shells.
5176
5177 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
5178 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
5179
5180 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
5181 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
5182 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
5183 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
5184 points but otherwise empty.
5185
5186 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
5187 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
5188 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
5189
5190 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
5191 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
5192
5193 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
5194 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
5195
5196 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
5197 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
5198 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
5199 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
5200 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
5201 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
5202 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
5203 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
5204 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
5205 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5206 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5207 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
5208 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
5209 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
5210 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
5211 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5212 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
5213
5214 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
5215
5216 CHANGES WITH 240:
5217
5218 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
5219 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
5220 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
5221 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
5222 an SELinux policy update is required.
5223 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
5224
5225 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
5226 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
5227 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
5228 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
5229 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
5230 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
5231 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
5232 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
5233 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
5234 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
5235
5236 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
5237 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
5238 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
5239 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
5240 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
5241 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
5242 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
5243 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
5244 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
5245 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
5246 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
5247 the search path.
5248
5249 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
5250 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
5251 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
5252 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
5253 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
5254 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
5255 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
5256 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
5257 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
5258 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
5259 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
5260 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
5261 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
5262 start job.
5263
5264 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
5265 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
5266 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
5267 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
5268 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
5269 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
5270 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
5271 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
5272 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
5273 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
5274
5275 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
5276 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
5277 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
5278 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
5279 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
5280 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
5281 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
5282 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
5283 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
5284 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
5285 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
5286 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
5287 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
5288 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
5289 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
5290 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
5291 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
5292 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
5293 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
5294 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
5295 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
5296 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
5297 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
5298 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
5299 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
5300 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
5301 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
5302 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
5303 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
5304 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
5305 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
5306 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
5307 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
5308 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
5309 Java.)
5310
5311 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
5312 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
5313 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
5314 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
5315 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
5316 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
5317 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
5318 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
5319 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
5320 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
5321
5322 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
5323 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
5324 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
5325 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
5326 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
5327 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
5328
5329 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
5330 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
5331 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
5332 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
5333 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
5334
5335 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
5336 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
5337
5338 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
5339 reverted.
5340
5341 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
5342 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
5343 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
5344
5345 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
5346 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
5347
5348 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
5349 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
5350 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
5351
5352 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
5353 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
5354 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
5355 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
5356 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
5357 latency.
5358
5359 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
5360 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
5361
5362 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
5363 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
5364 instance part of a unit name.
5365
5366 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
5367 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
5368 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
5369 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
5370 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
5371 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
5372 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
5373 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
5374 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
5375
5376 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
5377 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
5378 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
5379 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
5380
5381 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
5382 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
5383 to a file, and appending to it.
5384
5385 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
5386 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
5387 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
5388 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
5389 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
5390 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
5391
5392 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
5393 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
5394 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
5395 having to touch C code.
5396
5397 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
5398 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
5399
5400 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
5401 DNS-over-TLS.
5402
5403 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
5404 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
5405 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
5406
5407 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
5408 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
5409 until the system finished start-up.
5410
5411 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
5412
5413 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
5414 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
5415 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
5416 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
5417 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
5418 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
5419 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
5420
5421 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
5422 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
5423 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
5424 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
5425 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
5426 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
5427 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
5428 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
5429 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
5430 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
5431 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
5432 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
5433
5434 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
5435 instantiate services.
5436
5437 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
5438 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
5439
5440 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
5441 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
5442 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
5443
5444 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
5445 it is neither used nor maintained.
5446
5447 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
5448 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
5449 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
5450 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
5451 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
5452 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
5453 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
5454 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
5455 separated by colons.
5456
5457 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
5458 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
5459
5460 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
5461 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
5462
5463 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
5464 "ethtool advertise" commands.
5465
5466 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
5467 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
5468 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
5469 directly.
5470
5471 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
5472 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
5473 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
5474 ID.
5475
5476 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
5477 and generate various 128bit IDs.
5478
5479 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
5480 and LOGO=.
5481
5482 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
5483 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
5484 from any hibernated image.
5485
5486 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
5487 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
5488 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
5489 kernel exports them.
5490
5491 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
5492 /usr/bin/.
5493
5494 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
5495 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
5496 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
5497 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
5498 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
5499 now documented here:
5500
5501 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
5502
5503 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
5504 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
5505 installs during early boot.
5506
5507 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
5508 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
5509
5510 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
5511 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
5512
5513 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
5514 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
5515 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
5516
5517 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
5518 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
5519 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
5520 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
5521 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
5522 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
5523 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
5524 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
5525 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
5526 is on AC power.
5527
5528 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
5529 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
5530 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
5531 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
5532 see:
5533
5534 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
5535
5536 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
5537 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
5538 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
5539 and container environments.
5540
5541 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
5542 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
5543 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
5544 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
5545
5546 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
5547 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
5548 journald per-service.
5549
5550 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
5551 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
5552
5553 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
5554 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
5555 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
5556 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
5557
5558 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
5559 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
5560 groups.
5561
5562 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
5563 --ephemeral command line switch.
5564
5565 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
5566 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
5567 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
5568 object itself.
5569
5570 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
5571 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
5572 not unloaded).
5573
5574 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
5575 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
5576 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
5577
5578 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
5579 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
5580 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
5581 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
5582 "dead" state on success.
5583
5584 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
5585 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
5586 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
5587 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
5588 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
5589 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
5590 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
5591 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
5592 well-defined system service context.
5593
5594 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
5595 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
5596 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
5597 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
5598
5599 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
5600 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
5601 continue to be used.
5602
5603 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
5604 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
5605 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
5606 for example:
5607
5608 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
5609
5610 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
5611 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
5612 the command line's exit code.
5613
5614 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
5615
5616 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
5617
5618 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
5619 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
5620 support to systemctl and all other commands.
5621
5622 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
5623 name as argument.
5624
5625 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
5626 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
5627 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
5628 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
5629 is improved.
5630
5631 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
5632 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
5633 initialize one to all 0xFF.
5634
5635 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
5636 all files and directories listed in
5637 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
5638 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
5639 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
5640 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
5641 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
5642 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
5643 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
5644 the transition to the host OS.
5645
5646 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
5647 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
5648 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
5649 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
5650 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
5651 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
5652 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
5653 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
5654 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
5655 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
5656 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
5657 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
5658 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
5659 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
5660 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
5661 these are opened they don't work.
5662
5663 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
5664 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
5665 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
5666 logic works again.
5667
5668 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
5669 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
5670 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
5671 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
5672 ignore it.
5673
5674 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
5675 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
5676 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
5677 commands.
5678
5679 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
5680 pam_systemd anymore.
5681
5682 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
5683 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
5684 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
5685 policy took effect.
5686
5687 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
5688 python-3.5.
5689
5690 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
5691 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
5692 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
5693 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
5694 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
5695 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
5696 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
5697 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
5698 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
5699 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
5700 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
5701 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
5702 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
5703 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
5704 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
5705 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
5706 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5707 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
5708 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
5709 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
5710 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
5711 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
5712 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
5713 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
5714 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
5715 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
5716 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5717 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
5718 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
5719 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
5720 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
5721 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
5722 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
5723 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
5724 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
5725 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
5726 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
5727 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
5728 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
5729 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
5730 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
5731 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
5732 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
5733 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
5734 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
5735
5736 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
5737
5738 CHANGES WITH 239:
5739
5740 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
5741 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
5742 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
5743 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
5744 a slot number associated.
5745
5746 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
5747 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
5748 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
5749 independent.
5750
5751 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
5752 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
5753 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5754
5755 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
5756 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
5757 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
5758 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
5759
5760 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
5761 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
5762 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
5763 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
5764 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
5765 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
5766 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
5767 e.g. NIS.
5768
5769 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
5770 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
5771 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
5772 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
5773 may be necessary to update the file.
5774
5775 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
5776 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
5777 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
5778 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
5779 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
5780 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
5781 documentation.
5782
5783 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
5784 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
5785 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
5786 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
5787 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
5788 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
5789 them.
5790
5791 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
5792 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
5793 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
5794 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
5795 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
5796
5797 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
5798 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
5799 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
5800 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
5801 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
5802 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
5803 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
5804 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
5805
5806 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
5807 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
5808 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
5809 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
5810 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
5811
5812 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
5813 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
5814 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
5815 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
5816 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
5817
5818 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
5819 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
5820 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
5821
5822 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
5823 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
5824 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
5825 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
5826 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
5827 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
5828 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
5829 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
5830 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
5831 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
5832 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
5833 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
5834 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
5835 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
5836 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
5837 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
5838 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
5839 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
5840 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
5841 from.
5842
5843 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
5844 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
5845 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
5846 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
5847
5848 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
5849 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
5850 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
5851 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
5852
5853 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
5854 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
5855 hibernates again.
5856
5857 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
5858 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
5859
5860 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
5861 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
5862 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
5863
5864 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
5865 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
5866 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
5867 was not configurable and set to 512.
5868
5869 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
5870 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
5871 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
5872 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
5873 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
5874 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
5875 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
5876 in particular su and sudo.
5877
5878 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
5879 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
5880 synchronization has been received from the network. This
5881 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
5882 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
5883 services.
5884
5885 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
5886 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
5887 files should work for hibernation now.
5888
5889 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
5890 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
5891 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
5892 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
5893 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
5894 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
5895 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
5896 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
5897 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
5898 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
5899 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
5900 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
5901 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
5902 name following the last dash.
5903
5904 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
5905 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
5906 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
5907 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
5908 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
5909
5910 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
5911 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
5912 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
5913 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
5914 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
5915 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
5916
5917 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
5918 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
5919 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
5920 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
5921
5922 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
5923 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
5924 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
5925 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
5926 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
5927
5928 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
5929 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
5930 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
5931 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
5932 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
5933 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
5934 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
5935 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
5936 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
5937 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
5938 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
5939 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
5940 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
5941
5942 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
5943 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
5944 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
5945 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
5946 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
5947 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
5948 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
5949 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
5950 settings.
5951
5952 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
5953 expiration feature, if it is available.
5954
5955 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
5956 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
5957 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
5958
5959 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
5960 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
5961
5962 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
5963
5964 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
5965 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
5966
5967 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
5968 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
5969 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
5970 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
5971 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
5972 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
5973 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
5974 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
5975 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
5976 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
5977 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
5978
5979 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
5980 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
5981 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
5982 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
5983
5984 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
5985 about its state.
5986
5987 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
5988 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
5989 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
5990 "timedatectl set-ntp".
5991
5992 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
5993 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
5994 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
5995 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
5996 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
5997 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
5998 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
5999 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
6000 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
6001 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
6002 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
6003
6004 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
6005 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
6006
6007 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
6008 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
6009 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
6010 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
6011 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
6012 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
6013
6014 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
6015 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
6016 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
6017 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
6018 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
6019 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
6020 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
6021
6022 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
6023 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
6024 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
6025 shown.)
6026
6027 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
6028 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
6029 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
6030 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
6031 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
6032 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
6033 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
6034 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
6035 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
6036
6037 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
6038 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
6039 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
6040
6041 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
6042 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
6043 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
6044 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
6045 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
6046 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
6047 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
6048 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
6049
6050 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
6051
6052 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
6053 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
6054 automatically when the system clock changed.)
6055
6056 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
6057 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
6058
6059 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
6060 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
6061 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
6062
6063 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
6064
6065 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
6066
6067 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
6068 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
6069
6070 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
6071 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
6072 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
6073 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
6074 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
6075 external user databases.
6076
6077 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
6078 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
6079 refused due to the enforced limits.
6080
6081 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
6082 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
6083 manages.
6084
6085 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
6086 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
6087 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
6088 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
6089 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
6090 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
6091 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
6092 where this is now used by default.
6093
6094 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
6095 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
6096
6097 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
6098 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
6099 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
6100 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
6101 update process in a generic way.
6102
6103 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
6104
6105 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
6106 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
6107 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
6108 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
6109 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
6110 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
6111 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
6112 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
6113 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
6114 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
6115 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
6116 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
6117 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
6118 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
6119 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
6120 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
6121 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
6122 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
6123 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
6124 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
6125 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
6126 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
6127 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
6128 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
6129 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
6130 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
6131 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
6132 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
6133 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6134
6135 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
6136
6137 CHANGES WITH 238:
6138
6139 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
6140 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
6141 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
6142 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
6143 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
6144 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
6145 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
6146 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
6147 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
6148 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
6149 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
6150 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
6151 to revert this change.
6152
6153 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
6154 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
6155 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
6156 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
6157 once at the end of the transaction.
6158
6159 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
6160 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
6161 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
6162 scripts.
6163
6164 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
6165 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
6166 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
6167 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
6168 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
6169 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
6170 still allowing local admin overrides.
6171
6172 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
6173 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
6174 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
6175
6176 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
6177 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
6178 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
6179 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
6180 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
6181
6182 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
6183 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
6184 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
6185 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
6186 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
6187 from package installation scripts.
6188
6189 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
6190 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
6191 without the user number ("u username -:456").
6192
6193 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
6194 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
6195
6196 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
6197 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
6198 /sbin/nologin for other users).
6199
6200 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
6201 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
6202 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
6203 --systemd, --user, or --global).
6204
6205 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
6206 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
6207 which are triggered meanwhile).
6208
6209 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
6210 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
6211 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
6212 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
6213 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
6214
6215 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
6216 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
6217 rotated very quickly.
6218
6219 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
6220 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
6221 pending bus messages.
6222
6223 * systemd gained a new
6224 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
6225 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
6226 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
6227 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
6228 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
6229 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
6230 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
6231 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
6232 session scope.
6233
6234 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
6235 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
6236 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
6237 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
6238 the tree to be accessed.
6239
6240 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
6241 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
6242 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
6243
6244 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
6245 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
6246 to keys in the main keyring.
6247
6248 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
6249
6250 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
6251 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
6252
6253 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
6254
6255 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
6256 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
6257 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
6258 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
6259 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
6260 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
6261 explicitly.
6262
6263 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
6264 the colour of "OK" status messages.
6265
6266 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
6267 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
6268 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
6269 be restarted.
6270
6271 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
6272 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
6273
6274 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
6275 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
6276 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
6277 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
6278 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
6279 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
6280 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
6281 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6282 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
6283 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
6284 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
6285 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
6286 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6287 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6288 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
6289 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
6290
6291 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
6292
6293 CHANGES WITH 237:
6294
6295 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
6296 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
6297 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
6298 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
6299
6300 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
6301 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
6302 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
6303 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
6304 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
6305 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
6306 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
6307 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
6308 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
6309 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
6310
6311 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
6312 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
6313 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
6314 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
6315 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
6316 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
6317 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
6318 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
6319 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
6320 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
6321
6322 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
6323 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
6324 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
6325 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
6326 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
6327 now provides explicit control.
6328
6329 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
6330 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
6331 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
6332 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
6333 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
6334 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
6335 unit types that already supported transient operation.
6336
6337 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
6338 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
6339 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
6340
6341 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
6342 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
6343
6344 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
6345 .network files all gained support for a new condition
6346 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
6347 versions.
6348
6349 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6350 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
6351 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
6352 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
6353 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
6354 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
6355 understands RapidCommit=.
6356
6357 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
6358 Delegation.
6359
6360 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
6361 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
6362 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
6363 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
6364 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
6365 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
6366 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
6367 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
6368 --watch-bind= command line switch.
6369
6370 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
6371 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
6372 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
6373 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
6374 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
6375 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
6376 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
6377 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
6378 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
6379 "Disconnected" signals).
6380
6381 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
6382 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
6383 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
6384 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
6385 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
6386 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
6387 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
6388 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
6389 round-trips are removed.
6390
6391 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
6392 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
6393 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
6394 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
6395
6396 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
6397 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
6398 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
6399 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
6400 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
6401 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
6402
6403 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
6404 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
6405 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
6406 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
6407 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
6408 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
6409 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
6410 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
6411 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
6412 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
6413
6414 * sd-event gained a new call pair
6415 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
6416 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
6417 when the event source is destroyed.
6418
6419 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
6420 connections.
6421
6422 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
6423 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
6424 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
6425 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
6426 new transitional flag file has been added: if
6427 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
6428 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
6429
6430 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
6431 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
6432 manager.
6433
6434 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
6435 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
6436 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
6437 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
6438 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
6439
6440 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
6441 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
6442 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
6443 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
6444 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
6445 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
6446
6447 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
6448 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
6449 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
6450 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
6451 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
6452 level/target is given as an argument.
6453
6454 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
6455 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
6456 where UID and GID do not match.
6457
6458 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
6459 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
6460 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
6461 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
6462 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
6463 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
6464 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
6465 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
6466 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
6467 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
6468 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
6469 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
6470 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
6471 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
6472 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
6473 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
6474 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
6475 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
6476 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
6477 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
6478 Палаузов
6479
6480 — Brno, 2018-01-28
6481
6482 CHANGES WITH 236:
6483
6484 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
6485 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
6486 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
6487 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
6488
6489 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
6490 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
6491 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
6492 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
6493 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
6494 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
6495 valid specifiers today.)
6496
6497 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
6498 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
6499 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
6500 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
6501 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
6502 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
6503
6504 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
6505 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
6506 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
6507 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
6508
6509 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
6510 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
6511 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
6512 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
6513 services are resolved properly.
6514
6515 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
6516 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
6517 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
6518 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
6519 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
6520 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
6521 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
6522 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
6523 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
6524 and btrfs.
6525
6526 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
6527 DNS server and domain information.
6528
6529 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
6530 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
6531 runtime.
6532
6533 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
6534 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
6535 empty for the first time.
6536
6537 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
6538 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
6539 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
6540 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
6541 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
6542 running in the user session.
6543
6544 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
6545 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
6546 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
6547 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
6548 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
6549 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
6550 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
6551 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
6552 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
6553 user instance).
6554
6555 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
6556 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
6557
6558 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
6559 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
6560 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
6561 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
6562
6563 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
6564 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
6565
6566 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
6567 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
6568 sleep verbs.
6569
6570 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
6571
6572 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
6573 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
6574
6575 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
6576
6577 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
6578 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
6579 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
6580
6581 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
6582 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
6583 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
6584 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
6585 instance.
6586
6587 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
6588 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
6589 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
6590
6591 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
6592 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
6593 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
6594
6595 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
6596
6597 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
6598 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
6599 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
6600 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
6601 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
6602 processes.
6603
6604 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
6605 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
6606 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
6607 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
6608
6609 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
6610 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
6611 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
6612
6613 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
6614 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
6615 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
6616 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
6617 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
6618
6619 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
6620 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
6621
6622 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
6623 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
6624 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
6625 time the specified expression would elapse.
6626
6627 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
6628 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
6629 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
6630 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
6631 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
6632 types, not just services.
6633
6634 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
6635 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
6636 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
6637 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
6638
6639 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
6640 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
6641 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
6642 interface for this purpose.
6643
6644 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
6645 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
6646 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
6647 anyway.
6648
6649 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
6650 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
6651 requirements of systemd.
6652
6653 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
6654 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
6655 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
6656
6657 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
6658 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
6659 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
6660 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
6661
6662 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
6663 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
6664 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
6665 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
6666
6667 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
6668 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
6669
6670 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
6671 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
6672 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
6673 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
6674 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
6675 managing software supports (such as pppd).
6676
6677 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
6678 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
6679 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
6680
6681 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
6682 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
6683 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
6684 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
6685 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
6686 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
6687 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
6688 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
6689 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
6690 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
6691 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
6692 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
6693 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
6694 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
6695 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
6696 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
6697 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
6698 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6699 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
6700 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
6701 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
6702 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
6703 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
6704
6705 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
6706
6707 CHANGES WITH 235:
6708
6709 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
6710 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
6711 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
6712 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
6713 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
6714 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
6715 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
6716 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
6717 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
6718 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
6719 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
6720 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
6721 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
6722 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
6723 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
6724 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
6725 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
6726 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
6727 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
6728 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
6729 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
6730 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
6731 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
6732 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
6733 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
6734 IPAddressDeny= see below.
6735
6736 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6737 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
6738 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
6739 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
6740 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
6741 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
6742 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
6743 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
6744
6745 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
6746 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
6747 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
6748 used to change those values.
6749
6750 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
6751 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
6752 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
6753 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
6754 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
6755 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
6756
6757 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
6758 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
6759 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
6760 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
6761
6762 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
6763 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
6764 one top-level directory.
6765
6766 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6767 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
6768 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
6769 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
6770 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
6771 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
6772 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
6773 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
6774 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
6775 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
6776 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
6777 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
6778 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
6779 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
6780 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
6781
6782 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
6783 Meson-only.
6784
6785 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
6786 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
6787 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
6788 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
6789 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
6790 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
6791 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
6792 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
6793 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
6794 acceptable to us.
6795
6796 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
6797 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
6798 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
6799 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
6800 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
6801 requested at build time.
6802
6803 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
6804 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
6805 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
6806 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
6807 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
6808 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
6809 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
6810 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
6811 Type= setting which permits configuring
6812 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
6813
6814 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
6815 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
6816 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
6817 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
6818 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
6819 local frames between bridge ports.
6820
6821 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
6822 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
6823 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
6824
6825 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
6826 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
6827
6828 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
6829 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
6830 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
6831 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
6832
6833 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
6834 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
6835 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
6836 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
6837 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
6838 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
6839 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
6840 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
6841
6842 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
6843 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
6844 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
6845 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
6846 command.)
6847
6848 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
6849 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
6850 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
6851
6852 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
6853 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
6854 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
6855 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
6856
6857 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
6858 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
6859 configured, except for the credentials applied by
6860 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
6861 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
6862 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
6863 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
6864 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
6865 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
6866 on systems where this is not supported.
6867
6868 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
6869 sockets.
6870
6871 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
6872 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
6873 during runtime.
6874
6875 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
6876 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
6877 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
6878
6879 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
6880 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
6881 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
6882
6883 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
6884 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
6885 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
6886 Following this logic, two new special targets
6887 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
6888 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
6889 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
6890
6891 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
6892 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
6893 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
6894 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
6895
6896 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
6897 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
6898 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
6899 --wait".
6900
6901 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
6902 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
6903 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
6904 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
6905 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
6906 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
6907 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
6908 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
6909 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
6910
6911 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
6912 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
6913 containing information about the consumed resources of this
6914 invocation.
6915
6916 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
6917 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
6918 processes.
6919
6920 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
6921 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
6922 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
6923 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
6924 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
6925 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
6926 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
6927 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
6928 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
6929 systems for all five operations.
6930
6931 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
6932 the system.
6933
6934 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
6935 than UTC or the local timezone.
6936
6937 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
6938 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
6939 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
6940 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
6941 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
6942 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
6943 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
6944 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
6945
6946 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
6947 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
6948 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
6949 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
6950 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
6951 again.
6952
6953 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
6954 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
6955 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
6956
6957 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
6958 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
6959 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
6960 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
6961 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
6962 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
6963 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
6964 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
6965 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
6966 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
6967 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
6968 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
6969 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
6970 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
6971 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
6972 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
6973 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
6974 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
6975 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
6976 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6977
6978 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
6979
6980 CHANGES WITH 234:
6981
6982 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
6983 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
6984 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
6985 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
6986 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
6987 summary:
6988
6989 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
6990
6991 becomes:
6992
6993 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
6994
6995 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
6996 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
6997 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
6998 .device units.
6999
7000 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
7001 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
7002 running a systemd user instance.
7003
7004 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
7005 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
7006 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
7007 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
7008 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
7009 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
7010
7011 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
7012
7013 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
7014 (domain search list).
7015
7016 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
7017 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
7018 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
7019 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
7020 implementation of RA.
7021
7022 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
7023 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
7024 ISO date values.
7025
7026 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
7027 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
7028 devices.
7029
7030 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
7031 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
7032 option.
7033
7034 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7035 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
7036 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
7037 default yet.
7038
7039 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
7040 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
7041 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
7042 SHA256SUMS files.
7043
7044 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
7045 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
7046
7047 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
7048
7049 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
7050
7051 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
7052 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
7053
7054 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
7055 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
7056 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
7057 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
7058
7059 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
7060 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
7061 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
7062 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
7063 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
7064 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
7065 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
7066 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
7067 systemd-logind to be safe. See
7068 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
7069
7070 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
7071 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
7072 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
7073 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
7074 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
7075 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
7076 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
7077 after all the plugins exit.
7078
7079 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
7080 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
7081 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
7082 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
7083 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
7084 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
7085 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
7086 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
7087
7088 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
7089 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
7090 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
7091 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
7092 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
7093 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
7094 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
7095 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7096 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
7097 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
7098 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
7099 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
7100 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
7101 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
7102 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
7103 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7104 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
7105 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
7106 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
7107 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
7108 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
7109 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
7110 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
7111 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
7112 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7113 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
7114 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7115 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
7116 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
7117 Георгиевски
7118
7119 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
7120
7121 CHANGES WITH 233:
7122
7123 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
7124 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
7125 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
7126 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
7127 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
7128 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
7129 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
7130 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
7131 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
7132
7133 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
7134 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
7135 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
7136 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
7137 default selected on the configure command line
7138 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
7139 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
7140 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
7141 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
7142 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
7143 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
7144 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
7145 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
7146 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
7147 greatest stability and compatibility only.
7148
7149 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
7150 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
7151 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
7152 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
7153 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
7154 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
7155 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
7156 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
7157 further details about this.)
7158
7159 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
7160 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
7161 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
7162
7163 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
7164 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
7165
7166 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
7167 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
7168 with 'make install-tests'.
7169
7170 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
7171 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
7172 kernel.
7173
7174 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
7175 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
7176 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
7177 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
7178 by the Slice= option.
7179
7180 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
7181 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
7182 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
7183 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
7184
7185 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
7186 following choices:
7187
7188 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
7189 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
7190 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
7191 (h)elp
7192 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
7193 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
7194 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
7195 (y)es, execute the command
7196
7197 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
7198 because its meaning was confusing.
7199
7200 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
7201 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
7202
7203 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
7204 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
7205 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
7206
7207 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
7208 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
7209 state directly, without executing these commands.
7210
7211 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
7212 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
7213 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
7214
7215 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
7216 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
7217 combination with After=) have been started.
7218
7219 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
7220 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
7221 setting, and which system calls they contain.
7222
7223 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
7224 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
7225 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
7226 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
7227 configuration related calls.
7228
7229 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
7230 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
7231 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
7232 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
7233 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
7234 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
7235 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
7236
7237 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
7238 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
7239
7240 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
7241 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
7242 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
7243
7244 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
7245 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
7246
7247 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
7248 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
7249 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
7250 for compatibility.
7251
7252 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
7253 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
7254
7255 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
7256 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
7257
7258 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
7259 support for negative matching.
7260
7261 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
7262
7263 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
7264 permitted runtime of the mount command.
7265
7266 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
7267 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
7268 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
7269 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
7270 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
7271 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
7272 removed from the drive.
7273
7274 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
7275 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
7276
7277 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
7278 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
7279
7280 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
7281 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
7282 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
7283
7284 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
7285 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
7286 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
7287 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
7288 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
7289 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
7290 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
7291
7292 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
7293 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
7294 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
7295 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
7296 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
7297 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
7298
7299 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
7300 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
7301
7302 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
7303 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
7304 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
7305 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
7306 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
7307 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
7308 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
7309 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
7310
7311 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
7312 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
7313 including all control processes.
7314
7315 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
7316 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
7317 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
7318
7319 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7320 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
7321 prefixing the source path with "+".
7322
7323 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7324 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
7325 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
7326 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
7327 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
7328 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
7329 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
7330 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
7331
7332 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
7333 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
7334 before).
7335
7336 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
7337 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
7338 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
7339 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
7340 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
7341 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
7342 the new --root-hash= command line option).
7343
7344 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
7345 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
7346 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
7347 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
7348 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
7349 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
7350 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
7351 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
7352 versions.
7353
7354 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
7355 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
7356 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
7357 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
7358 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
7359 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
7360 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
7361 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
7362 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
7363 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
7364 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
7365 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
7366 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
7367 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
7368 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
7369 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
7370 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
7371 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
7372 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
7373 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
7374 a Verity-enabled root partition.
7375
7376 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
7377 accelerometer quirks.
7378
7379 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
7380 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
7381 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
7382 ID of each service.
7383
7384 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
7385 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
7386 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
7387 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
7388 view.
7389
7390 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
7391 environment variables:
7392
7393 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
7394
7395 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
7396 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
7397 address.
7398
7399 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
7400 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
7401 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
7402
7403 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
7404 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
7405 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
7406 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
7407 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
7408 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
7409 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
7410 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
7411 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
7412 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
7413 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
7414 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
7415 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
7416
7417 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
7418 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
7419 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
7420
7421 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
7422 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
7423
7424 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
7425 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
7426 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
7427 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
7428 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
7429
7430 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
7431 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
7432 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
7433
7434 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
7435 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
7436
7437 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
7438 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
7439 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
7440 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
7441
7442 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
7443 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
7444 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
7445 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
7446 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
7447 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
7448 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
7449 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
7450 possibly even including full integrity data.
7451
7452 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
7453 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
7454 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
7455 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
7456 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
7457
7458 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
7459 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
7460 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
7461 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
7462 directly with systemd-nspawn.
7463
7464 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
7465 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
7466 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
7467 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
7468
7469 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
7470 of coredumps in reverse order.
7471
7472 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
7473 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
7474 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
7475 additional informational message in its output.
7476
7477 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
7478 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
7479 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
7480
7481 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
7482 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
7483 scripting languages such as Python.
7484
7485 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
7486 namespacing is enabled for them.
7487
7488 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
7489 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
7490 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
7491 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
7492 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
7493 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
7494
7495 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
7496 root key (KSK).
7497
7498 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
7499 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
7500 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
7501
7502 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
7503 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
7504 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
7505 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
7506 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
7507 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
7508 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
7509 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
7510 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
7511 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
7512 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
7513 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
7514 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
7515 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
7516 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
7517 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
7518 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
7519 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
7520 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
7521 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
7522 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
7523 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
7524 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
7525 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
7526 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
7527 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
7528 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
7529 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
7530 Тихонов
7531
7532 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
7533
7534 CHANGES WITH 232:
7535
7536 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
7537 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
7538 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
7539 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
7540 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
7541 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
7542
7543 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
7544 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
7545
7546 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
7547 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
7548 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
7549
7550 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
7551 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
7552 to be remounted read-only for a service.
7553
7554 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
7555 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
7556 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
7557 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
7558
7559 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
7560 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
7561
7562 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
7563 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
7564 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
7565
7566 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
7567 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
7568 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
7569 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
7570 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
7571 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
7572 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
7573 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
7574 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
7575 permanent modifications to the system.
7576
7577 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
7578 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
7579 container or chroot environments.
7580
7581 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
7582 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
7583 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
7584 mapped to nobody.
7585
7586 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
7587 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
7588 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
7589 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
7590
7591 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
7592 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
7593
7594 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
7595 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
7596 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
7597 and the support is provisional.
7598
7599 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
7600 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
7601 unit files in the file system).
7602
7603 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
7604 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
7605 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
7606 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
7607 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
7608 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
7609 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
7610 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
7611 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
7612 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
7613 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
7614 state is fixed automatically.
7615
7616 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
7617 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
7618 option.
7619
7620 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
7621 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
7622 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
7623 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
7624 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
7625 else.
7626
7627 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
7628 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
7629 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
7630 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
7631 bootable on physical systems.
7632
7633 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
7634
7635 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
7636 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
7637 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
7638 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
7639 used.
7640
7641 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
7642 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
7643 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
7644 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
7645
7646 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
7647
7648 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
7649 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
7650 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
7651 of the container).
7652
7653 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
7654 files from the specified location.
7655
7656 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
7657 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
7658 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
7659 be active.
7660
7661 * The hardware database has been extended to support
7662 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
7663 trackball devices.
7664
7665 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
7666 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
7667 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
7668
7669 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
7670 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
7671 specified service binary exited.)
7672
7673 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
7674 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
7675
7676 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
7677 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
7678 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
7679 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
7680 --since= and --until= options.
7681
7682 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
7683 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
7684 are automatically propagated to the container.
7685
7686 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
7687 from a single IP address can be limited with
7688 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
7689 MaxConnections=.
7690
7691 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
7692 configuration.
7693
7694 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
7695 drop-ins.
7696
7697 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
7698 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
7699 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
7700 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
7701 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
7702 [Link] section of .link files.
7703
7704 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
7705 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
7706 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
7707 section of .netdev files.
7708
7709 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
7710 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
7711 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
7712
7713 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
7714 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
7715 .network files.
7716
7717 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
7718 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
7719 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
7720 service runtime cycle.
7721
7722 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
7723 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
7724 has been traditionally doing.
7725
7726 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
7727 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
7728 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
7729 prevent any later plugins from running.
7730
7731 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
7732 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
7733 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
7734 default of SplitMode=uid.
7735
7736 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
7737 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
7738 useful.
7739
7740 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
7741 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
7742 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
7743 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
7744 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
7745 individual namespaces.
7746
7747 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
7748 the output, as well as OS release information.
7749
7750 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
7751
7752 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
7753 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
7754 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
7755 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
7756 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
7757
7758 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
7759 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
7760 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
7761 severed.
7762
7763 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
7764 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
7765 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
7766 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
7767 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
7768 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
7769 information about exit statuses and results.
7770
7771 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
7772 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
7773 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
7774 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
7775 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
7776 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
7777
7778 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
7779
7780 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
7781 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
7782 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
7783 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
7784 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
7785 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
7786 entirely.
7787
7788 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
7789 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
7790 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
7791
7792 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
7793 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
7794 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
7795 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
7796 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
7797 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
7798 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
7799 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
7800 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
7801 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
7802 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
7803 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
7804 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
7805 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
7806 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
7807 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
7808 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
7809
7810 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
7811 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
7812 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
7813 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
7814
7815 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
7816 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
7817 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
7818 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
7819
7820 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
7821 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
7822 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
7823 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
7824 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
7825 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
7826 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
7827 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
7828 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
7829 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
7830 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
7831 fragment entirely.)
7832
7833 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
7834 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
7835 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
7836
7837 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
7838 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
7839 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
7840 FileDescriptorName= setting.
7841
7842 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
7843 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
7844 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
7845 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
7846 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
7847 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
7848
7849 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
7850 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
7851
7852 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
7853 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
7854
7855 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
7856 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
7857 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
7858 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
7859 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
7860
7861 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
7862 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
7863 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
7864 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
7865 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
7866 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
7867 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
7868 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
7869 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
7870 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
7871 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
7872 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
7873 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
7874 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
7875 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7876 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
7877 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
7878 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
7879 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
7880 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
7881 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
7882 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
7883 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
7884 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
7885 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7886 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
7887
7888 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
7889
7890 CHANGES WITH 231:
7891
7892 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
7893 with an additional special character as first argument of the
7894 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
7895 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
7896 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
7897 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
7898 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
7899 independently.
7900
7901 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
7902 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
7903
7904 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
7905 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
7906 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
7907 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
7908 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
7909 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
7910 values.
7911
7912 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
7913 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
7914 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
7915 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
7916 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
7917
7918 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
7919 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
7920 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
7921 7:10am every day.
7922
7923 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
7924 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
7925 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
7926 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
7927 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
7928 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
7929 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
7930 available for compatibility.
7931
7932 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
7933 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
7934 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
7935 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
7936 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
7937 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
7938
7939 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
7940 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
7941 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
7942 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
7943 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
7944 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
7945 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
7946 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
7947 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
7948
7949 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
7950 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
7951 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
7952 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
7953 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
7954 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
7955 desired options.
7956
7957 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
7958 cgroup v2.
7959
7960 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
7961 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
7962 limited to subgroups of that group.
7963
7964 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
7965 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
7966 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
7967 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
7968 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
7969 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
7970 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
7971 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
7972
7973 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
7974 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
7975 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
7976 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
7977 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
7978 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
7979 own long-running services.
7980
7981 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
7982 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
7983 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
7984 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
7985
7986 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
7987 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
7988 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
7989 propagates this notification further to the service manager
7990 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
7991 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
7992 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
7993 primitives.
7994
7995 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
7996 "terminate".
7997
7998 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
7999 link-local IPv6 addresses.
8000
8001 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
8002 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
8003 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
8004 --flush-caches".
8005
8006 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
8007 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
8008 is shown.
8009
8010 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
8011 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
8012 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
8013 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
8014 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
8015 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
8016
8017 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
8018 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
8019 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
8020 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
8021 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
8022 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
8023 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
8024 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
8025 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
8026 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
8027 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
8028 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
8029 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
8030 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
8031 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
8032 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
8033 bus API instead.
8034
8035 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
8036 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
8037 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
8038 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
8039
8040 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
8041 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
8042 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
8043 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
8044
8045 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
8046 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
8047 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
8048
8049 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
8050 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
8051
8052 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
8053 interface configuration.
8054
8055 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
8056 specifying the --force switch.
8057
8058 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
8059 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
8060 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
8061
8062 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
8063 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
8064 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
8065 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
8066 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
8067 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
8068 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
8069 to be handled.
8070
8071 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
8072 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
8073
8074 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
8075 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
8076
8077 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
8078 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
8079 of persistent symlinks for that device.
8080
8081 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
8082 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
8083
8084 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
8085 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
8086 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
8087 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
8088 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
8089 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
8090 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
8091 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
8092 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
8093 library.
8094
8095 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
8096 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
8097 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
8098 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
8099 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
8100 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
8101 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
8102 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
8103 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
8104 doc/HACKING for details.
8105
8106 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
8107 distribution's bugtracker.
8108
8109 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
8110 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
8111 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
8112 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
8113 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
8114 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
8115 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
8116 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
8117 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
8118 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
8119 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
8120 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
8121 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
8122 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
8123 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
8124 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
8125 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
8126 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
8127 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8128
8129 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
8130
8131 CHANGES WITH 230:
8132
8133 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
8134 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
8135 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
8136 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
8137 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
8138 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
8139 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
8140 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
8141 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
8142 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
8143 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
8144 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
8145 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
8146 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
8147 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
8148 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
8149 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
8150 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
8151 applications.)
8152
8153 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
8154 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
8155 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
8156
8157 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
8158 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
8159 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
8160 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
8161 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
8162 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
8163 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
8164
8165 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
8166 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
8167 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
8168 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8169 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
8170 command works for tmux.
8171
8172 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
8173 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
8174 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
8175 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
8176 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
8177 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
8178
8179 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
8180 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
8181
8182 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
8183 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
8184 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
8185
8186 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
8187
8188 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
8189 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
8190 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
8191 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
8192 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
8193
8194 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
8195 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
8196 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
8197 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
8198
8199 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
8200 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8201 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
8202 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
8203 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
8204 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
8205
8206 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
8207 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
8208 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
8209
8210 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
8211 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
8212 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
8213 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
8214 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
8215 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
8216
8217 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
8218 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
8219 address.
8220
8221 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
8222 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
8223 should be emitted.
8224
8225 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
8226 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
8227 supported.
8228
8229 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
8230 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
8231 logging performance.
8232
8233 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8234 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
8235 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
8236 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
8237 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
8238 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
8239
8240 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
8241 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
8242 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
8243 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
8244
8245 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
8246 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
8247
8248 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
8249 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
8250 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
8251
8252 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
8253
8254 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
8255 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8256 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
8257 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
8258
8259 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
8260 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
8261 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
8262 refuse to operate on such files.
8263
8264 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
8265 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
8266 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
8267
8268 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
8269 just hidden container images.
8270
8271 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
8272 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
8273
8274 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
8275 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
8276 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
8277 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
8278 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
8279 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
8280 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
8281 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
8282 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
8283 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
8284 been changed to use this functionality by default.
8285
8286 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
8287 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
8288 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
8289 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
8290 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
8291 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
8292 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
8293 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
8294 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
8295 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
8296 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
8297 terminates.
8298
8299 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8300 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
8301 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
8302 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
8303
8304 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
8305 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
8306 rate of the socket unit.
8307
8308 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
8309 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
8310 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
8311 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
8312 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
8313
8314 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
8315 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
8316 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
8317 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
8318 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
8319 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
8320 with this.
8321
8322 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
8323 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
8324
8325 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
8326 merged into the kernel in its current form.
8327
8328 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
8329 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
8330 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
8331 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
8332 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
8333
8334 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
8335 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
8336 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
8337
8338 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
8339 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
8340 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
8341 target is now included in early userspace.
8342
8343 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
8344 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
8345 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
8346 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
8347 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
8348 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
8349 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
8350 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
8351 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
8352 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
8353 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
8354 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
8355 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
8356 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
8357 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
8358 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
8359 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
8360 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
8361 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
8362 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
8363 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
8364 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
8365 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
8366 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
8367 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8368 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8369
8370 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
8371
8372 CHANGES WITH 229:
8373
8374 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
8375 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
8376 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
8377 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
8378 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
8379 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
8380 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
8381 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
8382 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
8383 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
8384 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
8385 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
8386 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
8387
8388 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
8389 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
8390 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
8391 /usr/bin.
8392
8393 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
8394 devices.
8395
8396 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
8397 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
8398 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
8399 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
8400 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
8401 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
8402 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
8403 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
8404 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
8405 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
8406 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
8407 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
8408 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
8409 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
8410 this limit.
8411
8412 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
8413 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
8414 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
8415 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
8416 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
8417 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
8418 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
8419 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
8420
8421 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
8422 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
8423 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
8424 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
8425 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
8426 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
8427 and group at package installation time.
8428
8429 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
8430 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
8431 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
8432 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
8433 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
8434
8435 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
8436 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
8437 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
8438 supports it.
8439
8440 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
8441 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
8442
8443 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
8444 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
8445 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
8446 file is already initialized.
8447
8448 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
8449 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
8450 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
8451 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
8452 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
8453 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
8454 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
8455 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
8456 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
8457
8458 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
8459 working directory for the process started in the container.
8460
8461 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
8462 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
8463 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
8464 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
8465 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
8466
8467 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8468 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
8469 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
8470
8471 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
8472 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
8473 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
8474 sd_journal_restart_fields().
8475
8476 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8477 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
8478 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
8479 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
8480 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
8481
8482 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8483 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
8484 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
8485 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
8486
8487 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
8488 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
8489 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
8490 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
8491 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
8492 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
8493 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
8494 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
8495 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
8496 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
8497 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
8498 by PID 1.
8499
8500 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
8501 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
8502 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
8503 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
8504 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
8505 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
8506 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
8507 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
8508
8509 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
8510
8511 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8512 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
8513 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
8514
8515 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
8516 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
8517 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
8518 recent kernels.
8519
8520 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
8521 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
8522
8523 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
8524 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
8525 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
8526 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
8527 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
8528 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
8529 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
8530 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
8531 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
8532 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8533 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
8534 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
8535 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
8536
8537 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8538 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
8539 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
8540 clusters or larger setups.
8541
8542 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
8543
8544 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
8545 sockets.
8546
8547 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
8548
8549 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
8550 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
8551 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
8552 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
8553 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
8554 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
8555
8556 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
8557 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
8558 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
8559
8560 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
8561 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
8562 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
8563 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
8564
8565 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
8566
8567 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
8568 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
8569 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
8570 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
8571 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
8572 maintain compatibility.
8573
8574 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
8575 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
8576 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
8577 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
8578 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
8579 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
8580 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
8581 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
8582 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
8583 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
8584 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
8585 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8586 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
8587 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
8588 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
8589 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
8590 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8591 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
8592 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8593
8594 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
8595
8596 CHANGES WITH 228:
8597
8598 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
8599 files are now also available as properties to set when
8600 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
8601 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
8602 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
8603 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
8604 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
8605 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
8606 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
8607
8608 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
8609 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
8610 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
8611
8612 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
8613 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
8614 created transiently.
8615
8616 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
8617 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
8618 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
8619 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
8620 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
8621 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
8622 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
8623 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
8624
8625 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
8626 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
8627 disk and sync the files, before returning.
8628
8629 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
8630 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
8631 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
8632 enabled.
8633
8634 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
8635 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
8636 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
8637 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
8638 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
8639 subvolumes.
8640
8641 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
8642 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
8643
8644 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
8645 individual indexes.
8646
8647 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
8648 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
8649 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
8650 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
8651 now.
8652
8653 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
8654 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
8655 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
8656 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
8657 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
8658 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
8659 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
8660 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
8661 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
8662 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
8663 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
8664 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
8665 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
8666 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
8667 number of processes or tasks each user may own
8668 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
8669 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
8670 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
8671 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
8672 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
8673 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
8674
8675 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
8676 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
8677 links between the host and the container.
8678
8679 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
8680 added that allows importing select environment variables
8681 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
8682 the service.
8683
8684 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
8685 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
8686 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
8687 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
8688 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
8689 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
8690 than until they first elapse.
8691
8692 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
8693 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
8694 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
8695 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
8696 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
8697 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
8698 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
8699 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
8700
8701 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
8702 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
8703 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
8704 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
8705 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
8706 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
8707 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
8708 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
8709 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
8710 journal and in coredump handling.
8711
8712 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
8713 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
8714 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
8715 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
8716 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
8717 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
8718 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
8719 software you package still references it, as this is a
8720 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
8721 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
8722
8723 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
8724
8725 Note that only util-linux versions built with
8726 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
8727
8728 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
8729 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
8730 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
8731
8732 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
8733 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
8734 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
8735 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
8736 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
8737 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
8738 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
8739 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
8740 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
8741 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
8742 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
8743 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
8744 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
8745 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
8746 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
8747 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
8748
8749 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
8750 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
8751 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
8752 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
8753 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
8754 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
8755 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
8756 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
8757 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
8758 surprises.
8759
8760 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
8761 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
8762 to the various user database fields of the user that the
8763 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
8764 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
8765 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
8766 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
8767 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
8768 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
8769 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
8770 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
8771 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
8772 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
8773 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
8774 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
8775 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
8776 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
8777 of PID 1 is the root user).
8778
8779 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
8780 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
8781 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8782 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
8783 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
8784 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
8785 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8786 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
8787 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
8788 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
8789 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
8790 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
8791 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8792 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
8793 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8794
8795 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
8796
8797 CHANGES WITH 227:
8798
8799 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
8800 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
8801 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
8802
8803 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
8804 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
8805 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
8806 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
8807 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
8808 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
8809
8810 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
8811 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
8812 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
8813 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
8814 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
8815
8816 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
8817 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
8818 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
8819 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
8820 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
8821 packets on unestablished sockets.
8822
8823 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
8824 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
8825 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
8826 automatically.
8827
8828 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
8829 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
8830 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
8831
8832 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
8833 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
8834 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
8835 for disk IO.
8836
8837 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
8838 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
8839 removed.
8840
8841 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
8842 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
8843 directory is set to the home directory of the user
8844 configured in User=.
8845
8846 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
8847 directory of the selected user by default.
8848
8849 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
8850 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
8851 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
8852 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
8853 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
8854 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
8855 compat reasons.
8856
8857 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8858 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
8859 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
8860 units.
8861
8862 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
8863 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
8864 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
8865 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
8866 level.
8867
8868 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
8869 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
8870 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
8871 namespaces work correctly.
8872
8873 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
8874 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
8875 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
8876 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
8877 activation.
8878
8879 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
8880 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
8881 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
8882 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
8883 system instance in a container.
8884
8885 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
8886 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
8887 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
8888 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
8889 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
8890 connections.
8891
8892 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
8893 show the control groups within a certain container only.
8894
8895 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
8896 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
8897 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
8898 processes attached, or similar.
8899
8900 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
8901 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
8902 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
8903
8904 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
8905 specifiers like %i or %f.
8906
8907 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
8908 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
8909 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
8910 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
8911
8912 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
8913 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
8914 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
8915 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
8916 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
8917 descriptors using sd_notify().
8918
8919 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
8920
8921 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
8922 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
8923
8924 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
8925 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
8926
8927 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
8928 .network files.
8929
8930 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
8931 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
8932 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
8933 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
8934 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
8935 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
8936 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
8937 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
8938 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
8939 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
8940 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
8941 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
8942 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
8943 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
8944 gdm-autologin is used.
8945
8946 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
8947 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
8948 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
8949 next to the image file.
8950
8951 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
8952 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
8953 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
8954 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
8955
8956 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
8957 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
8958 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
8959 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
8960 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
8961 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
8962
8963 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
8964 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
8965 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
8966 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
8967 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
8968 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
8969 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
8970 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
8971 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
8972 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
8973 number of files in place.
8974
8975 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
8976 on kernels where that is supported.
8977
8978 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
8979
8980 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
8981 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
8982 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
8983 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
8984 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
8985 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
8986 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
8987 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
8988 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
8989 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
8990 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
8991 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8992 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
8993 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
8994 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
8995 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
8996 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
8997 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
8998
8999 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
9000
9001 CHANGES WITH 226:
9002
9003 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
9004 new features:
9005
9006 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
9007 information. It may be enabled and configured via
9008 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
9009 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
9010 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
9011 is any) is propagated.
9012
9013 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
9014 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
9015 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
9016 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
9017 information is enabled between host and containers by
9018 default now: the container will change its local timezone
9019 to what the host has set.
9020
9021 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
9022 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
9023
9024 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
9025 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
9026 information back, even if the server loses state.
9027
9028 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
9029 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
9030 PoolSize=.
9031
9032 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
9033 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
9034 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
9035 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
9036
9037 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
9038 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
9039 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
9040 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
9041 'dbus-daemon' systems.
9042
9043 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
9044 for virtio devices.
9045
9046 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
9047 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
9048 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
9049 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
9050 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
9051 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
9052 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
9053 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
9054 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
9055 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
9056 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
9057 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
9058 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
9059 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
9060 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
9061 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
9062 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
9063 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
9064 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
9065 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
9066 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
9067 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
9068 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
9069 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
9070 grants them.
9071
9072 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
9073 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
9074 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
9075 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
9076 group tree.
9077
9078 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
9079 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
9080 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
9081 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
9082 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
9083 work correctly in containers now.
9084
9085 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
9086 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
9087
9088 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
9089 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
9090 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
9091 function call is particularly useful when implementing
9092 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
9093
9094 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
9095 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
9096 signal events.
9097
9098 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
9099 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
9100 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
9101 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
9102
9103 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
9104 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
9105 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
9106 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
9107 nspawn command line.
9108
9109 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
9110 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
9111 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9112 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
9113 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
9114 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
9115 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9116 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
9117
9118 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
9119
9120 CHANGES WITH 225:
9121
9122 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
9123 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
9124 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
9125 shell directly without prompting for username or
9126 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
9127 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
9128 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
9129 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
9130 the originating session.
9131
9132 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
9133 options and allows other programs to query the values.
9134
9135 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
9136 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
9137 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
9138 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
9139 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
9140 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
9141 probably not stabilize on this release.
9142
9143 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
9144 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
9145 messages.
9146
9147 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
9148 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
9149 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
9150
9151 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
9152 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
9153
9154 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
9155 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
9156 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
9157 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
9158 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
9159 posteriori.
9160
9161 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
9162 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
9163
9164 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
9165 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
9166 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
9167 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
9168 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
9169 "lastlog" tools.
9170
9171 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
9172 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
9173 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
9174 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
9175 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
9176
9177 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
9178 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
9179 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
9180 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9181 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
9182 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
9183 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
9184 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
9185 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
9186 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
9187 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
9188 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9189
9190 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
9191
9192 CHANGES WITH 224:
9193
9194 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
9195 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
9196
9197 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
9198 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
9199 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
9200
9201 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
9202 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9203 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
9204
9205 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
9206
9207 CHANGES WITH 223:
9208
9209 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
9210 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
9211 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
9212 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9213
9214 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
9215 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
9216
9217 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
9218 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
9219
9220 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
9221
9222 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
9223 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
9224 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
9225
9226 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
9227 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
9228 decapsulated packet.
9229
9230 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
9231 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
9232 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
9233 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
9234 netlink attribute.
9235
9236 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
9237 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
9238 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
9239 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
9240
9241 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
9242 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
9243 according to RFC2460.
9244
9245 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
9246 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
9247
9248 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
9249 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
9250 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
9251
9252 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
9253 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
9254 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
9255 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
9256 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
9257 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
9258
9259 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
9260 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9261 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
9262 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9263 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9264 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
9265 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
9266 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
9267 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
9268 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9269
9270 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
9271
9272 CHANGES WITH 222:
9273
9274 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
9275 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
9276 or should be used to work around such bugs.
9277
9278 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
9279 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
9280
9281 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
9282 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
9283 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
9284 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
9285 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
9286
9287 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
9288 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
9289 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
9290
9291 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
9292 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
9293 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
9294 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
9295 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
9296
9297 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9298
9299 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
9300 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
9301 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
9302 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
9303 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
9304 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9305 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
9306 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
9307 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9308 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9309
9310 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
9311
9312 CHANGES WITH 221:
9313
9314 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
9315 stable and have been added to the official interface of
9316 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
9317 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
9318 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
9319 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
9320 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
9321 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
9322 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
9323 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
9324 portable to other kernels.
9325
9326 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
9327 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
9328 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
9329 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
9330 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
9331 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
9332 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
9333 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
9334 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
9335 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
9336 systemd enabled.
9337
9338 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
9339 2.26.
9340
9341 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
9342 favor of calling an abstraction tool
9343 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
9344 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
9345 in README for details.
9346
9347 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
9348 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
9349 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
9350 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
9351 unit.
9352
9353 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
9354 into man pages.
9355
9356 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
9357 external project.
9358
9359 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
9360 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
9361
9362 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
9363 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
9364 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
9365 state.
9366
9367 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
9368 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
9369 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
9370
9371 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
9372 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
9373 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
9374 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
9375 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
9376 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
9377 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
9378 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
9379 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
9380 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
9381 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
9382 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
9383 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
9384 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9385 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
9386 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9387
9388 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
9389
9390 CHANGES WITH 220:
9391
9392 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
9393 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
9394 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
9395 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
9396 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
9397 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
9398 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
9399 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
9400
9401 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
9402 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
9403 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
9404 service consumed). This value is only available if
9405 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
9406 in the "systemctl status" output.
9407
9408 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
9409 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
9410 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
9411 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
9412 previously was already the default behaviour).
9413
9414 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
9415 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
9416 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
9417
9418 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
9419 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
9420 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
9421 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
9422
9423 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
9424 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
9425 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
9426 journaling file systems that support external journal
9427 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
9428 systems to be mounted.
9429
9430 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
9431 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
9432 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
9433 stable release this should not be problematic.
9434
9435 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
9436 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
9437 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
9438 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
9439 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
9440
9441 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
9442 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
9443 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
9444 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
9445 network switches.
9446
9447 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
9448 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
9449
9450 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
9451 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
9452 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
9453
9454 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
9455
9456 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
9457 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
9458 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
9459 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
9460 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
9461 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
9462 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
9463 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
9464 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
9465 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
9466 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
9467 been fixed in v220.
9468
9469 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
9470 systemd-networkd.
9471
9472 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
9473 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
9474 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
9475 containers started from the command line.
9476
9477 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
9478 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
9479
9480 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
9481 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
9482 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
9483 indirection via a pseudo tty.
9484
9485 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
9486 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
9487 when shutting down.
9488
9489 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
9490 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
9491 overlayfs support.
9492
9493 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
9494 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
9495 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
9496 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
9497 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
9498 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
9499 images are imported via systemd-importd.
9500
9501 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
9502 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
9503 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
9504
9505 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
9506 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
9507 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
9508 of v1 as before).
9509
9510 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
9511 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
9512
9513 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
9514 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
9515 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
9516 without further privileges or authorization.
9517
9518 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
9519 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
9520 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
9521 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
9522 accessible via a bus interface.
9523
9524 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
9525 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
9526 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
9527 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
9528 to cover this functionality.
9529
9530 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
9531 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
9532 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
9533 disabled/masked also stopped.
9534
9535 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
9536 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
9537 updated to support systemd-boot.
9538
9539 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
9540 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
9541 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
9542 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
9543 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
9544 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
9545 like this and can extract OS release information from them
9546 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
9547 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
9548
9549 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
9550 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
9551 system.
9552
9553 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
9554 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
9555 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
9556 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
9557
9558 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
9559 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
9560 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
9561 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
9562
9563 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
9564 stick devices has been added.
9565
9566 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
9567 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
9568
9569 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
9570 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
9571 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
9572 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
9573 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
9574
9575 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
9576 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
9577 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
9578
9579 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
9580 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
9581 Debian.
9582
9583 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
9584 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
9585 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
9586
9587 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
9588 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
9589 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
9590 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
9591 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
9592 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
9593 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
9594 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9595 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
9596 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
9597 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
9598 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
9599 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
9600 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
9601 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
9602 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
9603 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
9604 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
9605 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
9606 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
9607 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
9608 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
9609 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
9610 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
9611 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
9612 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
9613 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9614
9615 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
9616
9617 CHANGES WITH 219:
9618
9619 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
9620 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
9621 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
9622 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
9623 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
9624 interface with and update the database.
9625
9626 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
9627 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
9628 before bytewise copying is done.
9629
9630 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
9631 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
9632 directory, and immediately removed when the container
9633 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
9634 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
9635 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
9636 for starting a container off the root file system of the
9637 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
9638 available on btrfs file systems.
9639
9640 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
9641 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
9642 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
9643 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
9644 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
9645 systems.
9646
9647 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
9648 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
9649 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
9650 mount point remains.
9651
9652 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
9653 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
9654 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
9655 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
9656 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
9657 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
9658 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
9659 are disabled.
9660
9661 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
9662 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
9663 container to the host or vice versa.
9664
9665 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
9666 mount host directories into local containers. This is
9667 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
9668
9669 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
9670 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
9671
9672 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
9673 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
9674 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
9675 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
9676 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
9677 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
9678 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
9679 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
9680 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
9681 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
9682 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
9683 make the functionality of importd available to the
9684 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
9685 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
9686 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
9687 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
9688 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
9689 only fully supported on btrfs.
9690
9691 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
9692 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
9693 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
9694 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
9695 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
9696 information about images.
9697
9698 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
9699 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
9700 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
9701 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
9702 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
9703 legacy file systems).
9704
9705 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
9706 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
9707 shown in networkctl output.
9708
9709 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
9710 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
9711 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
9712 processes as system services while interactively
9713 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
9714 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
9715 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
9716 full login session, the difference being that the former
9717 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
9718 setup.
9719
9720 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
9721 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
9722 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
9723 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
9724 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
9725
9726 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
9727 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
9728 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
9729 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
9730 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
9731 via qemu/kvm.
9732
9733 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
9734 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
9735 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
9736 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
9737 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
9738 disk images, too.
9739
9740 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
9741 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
9742 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
9743 integrate with that.
9744
9745 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
9746 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
9747 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
9748 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
9749
9750 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
9751 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
9752 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
9753
9754 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
9755 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
9756 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
9757 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
9758 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
9759 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
9760 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
9761 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
9762 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
9763 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
9764
9765 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
9766 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
9767 files.
9768
9769 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
9770 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
9771 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
9772 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
9773 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
9774 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
9775 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
9776 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
9777 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
9778 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
9779 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
9780 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
9781 explicitly turned on.
9782
9783 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
9784 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
9785 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
9786 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
9787
9788 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
9789 supported.
9790
9791 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
9792 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
9793 user/session following the status output. Similar,
9794 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
9795 associated with a virtual machine or container
9796 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
9797 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
9798 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
9799 output however.)
9800
9801 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
9802 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
9803 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
9804 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
9805 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
9806 caller's session/user.
9807
9808 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
9809 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
9810 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
9811 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
9812 user services.
9813
9814 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
9815 same way as unit files.
9816
9817 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
9818 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
9819 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
9820 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
9821 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
9822 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
9823 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
9824 the host.
9825
9826 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
9827 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
9828 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
9829 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
9830 the host as if their services were running directly on the
9831 host.
9832
9833 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
9834 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
9835 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
9836 updated to make use of it too by default.
9837
9838 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
9839 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
9840 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
9841 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
9842
9843 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
9844 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
9845 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
9846 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
9847 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
9848 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
9849 modification.
9850
9851 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
9852 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
9853 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
9854 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
9855 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
9856 information about Touchpad types.
9857
9858 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
9859 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
9860
9861 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
9862 Policy link field.
9863
9864 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
9865 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
9866
9867 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
9868 ACLs on files.
9869
9870 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
9871 tmpfs, automatically.
9872
9873 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
9874 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
9875 status" output, if available.
9876
9877 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
9878 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
9879 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
9880 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
9881 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
9882 run on next reboot.
9883
9884 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
9885 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
9886 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
9887 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
9888 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
9889 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
9890 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
9891
9892 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
9893 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
9894 after a configurable timeout.
9895
9896 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
9897 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
9898 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
9899 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
9900 it non-idle.
9901
9902 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
9903 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
9904
9905 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
9906 each .network interface in networkd.
9907
9908 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
9909 in .network files.
9910
9911 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
9912 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
9913
9914 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
9915 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
9916 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
9917 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
9918 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
9919 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
9920 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
9921 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
9922 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
9923 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
9924 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
9925 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9926 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
9927 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
9928 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
9929 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
9930 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
9931 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
9932 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
9933 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9934 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
9935 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
9936 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
9937 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9938
9939 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
9940
9941 CHANGES WITH 218:
9942
9943 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
9944 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
9945 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
9946 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
9947
9948 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
9949 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
9950 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
9951 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
9952 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
9953
9954 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
9955
9956 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
9957 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
9958 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
9959 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
9960 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
9961 modified configuration after editing.
9962
9963 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
9964 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
9965 system preset files.
9966
9967 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
9968 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
9969 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
9970 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
9971 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
9972 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
9973 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
9974 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
9975 other contexts.
9976
9977 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
9978 inhibitors.
9979
9980 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
9981 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
9982 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
9983 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
9984 managers.
9985
9986 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
9987 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
9988 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
9989 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
9990 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
9991 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
9992 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
9993 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
9994 parallel to journald.
9995
9996 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
9997 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
9998 available.
9999
10000 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
10001 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
10002 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
10003 or are not older than the specified time.
10004
10005 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
10006 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
10007 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
10008 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
10009
10010 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
10011 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
10012 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
10013 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
10014 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
10015 communication.
10016
10017 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
10018 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
10019 services.
10020
10021 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
10022 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
10023 including their signature and values. This is particularly
10024 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
10025 the new "busctl tree" command.
10026
10027 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
10028 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
10029 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
10030 friendly way.
10031
10032 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
10033 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
10034 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
10035 race-ful way.
10036
10037 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
10038 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
10039 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
10040 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
10041 --link-journal=try-guest.
10042
10043 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
10044 stable MAC addresses.
10045
10046 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
10047 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
10048 the respective unit shall use.
10049
10050 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
10051 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
10052 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
10053 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
10054
10055 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
10056 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
10057 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
10058 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
10059 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
10060 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
10061
10062 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
10063 details see:
10064
10065 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
10066
10067 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
10068 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
10069 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
10070 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
10071 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
10072 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
10073 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
10074 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
10075 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
10076 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
10077 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
10078 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
10079
10080 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
10081 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
10082 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
10083 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
10084 bluetooth, …) is used.
10085
10086 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
10087 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
10088 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
10089 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
10090 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
10091 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
10092 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
10093 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
10094
10095 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
10096 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
10097 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
10098 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
10099 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
10100 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
10101 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
10102 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
10103 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
10104 interface.
10105
10106 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
10107 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
10108 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
10109 luks.name= argument.
10110
10111 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
10112 (this was previously already available for scope and service
10113 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
10114 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
10115 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
10116 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
10117
10118 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
10119 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
10120 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
10121
10122 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
10123 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
10124 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10125 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
10126 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
10127 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
10128 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
10129 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10130 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
10131 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
10132 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
10133 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
10134 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
10135 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
10136 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
10137 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10138 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
10139 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10140
10141 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
10142
10143 CHANGES WITH 217:
10144
10145 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
10146 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
10147 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
10148 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
10149
10150 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
10151 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
10152 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
10153 now waits until the operation is complete.
10154
10155 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
10156 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
10157 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
10158 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
10159 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
10160 connection.
10161
10162 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
10163 commands anymore.
10164
10165 * User units are now loaded also from
10166 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
10167 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
10168 supported, but is under the control of the user.
10169
10170 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
10171 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
10172 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
10173 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
10174 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
10175 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
10176 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
10177 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
10178 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
10179 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
10180 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
10181 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
10182 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
10183 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
10184 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
10185 question.
10186
10187 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
10188 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
10189 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
10190
10191 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
10192 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
10193 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
10194 command line to trigger resume.
10195
10196 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
10197 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
10198 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
10199 Desktop=systemd-console.
10200
10201 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
10202 systemd-networkd.
10203
10204 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
10205 from the information provided by the networking stack
10206 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
10207
10208 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
10209 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
10210
10211 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
10212 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
10213 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
10214
10215 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
10216
10217 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
10218 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
10219 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
10220 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
10221 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
10222 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
10223
10224 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
10225 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
10226 respected.
10227
10228 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
10229 virtualization.
10230
10231 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
10232 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
10233 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
10234 on.
10235
10236 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
10237
10238 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
10239
10240 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
10241 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
10242 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
10243 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
10244 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
10245 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
10246 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
10247
10248 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
10249 available for service units, that allows locking all service
10250 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
10251 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
10252 from the service's view entirely.
10253
10254 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
10255 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
10256
10257 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
10258 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
10259 session.
10260
10261 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
10262 legacy-free systems.
10263
10264 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
10265 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
10266 easily.
10267
10268 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
10269 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
10270 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
10271 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
10272 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
10273 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
10274 option.
10275
10276 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
10277 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
10278 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
10279 /usr.
10280
10281 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
10282 services, not only the main process.
10283
10284 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
10285 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
10286 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
10287 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
10288 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
10289
10290 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
10291 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
10292 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
10293 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
10294 directly from now on, again.
10295
10296 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
10297 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
10298 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
10299 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
10300 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
10301 enabling and disabling.
10302
10303 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
10304 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
10305 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
10306 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
10307 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
10308 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
10309 unnecessary or unlikely.
10310
10311 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
10312 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
10313 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
10314 "annually", "hourly", …).
10315
10316 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
10317 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
10318 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
10319 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
10320 overwritten at runtime.
10321
10322 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
10323 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
10324 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
10325 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
10326 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
10327 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
10328 segmentation fault.
10329
10330 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
10331 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
10332 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
10333 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
10334 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
10335 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
10336 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
10337 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
10338 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
10339 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10340 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10341 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10342 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
10343 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
10344 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
10345 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
10346 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
10347 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
10348 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10349 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10350 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
10351 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10352
10353 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
10354
10355 CHANGES WITH 216:
10356
10357 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
10358 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
10359 implementations should add a
10360
10361 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
10362
10363 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
10364 default functionality.
10365
10366 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
10367 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
10368 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
10369 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
10370 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
10371 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
10372 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
10373 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
10374 files might need to be owned by them. A new
10375 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
10376 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
10377 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
10378 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
10379
10380 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
10381 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
10382 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
10383 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
10384 added eventually, too.
10385
10386 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
10387 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
10388 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
10389 new command to update these fields.
10390
10391 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
10392 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
10393 have been discovered via DHCP.
10394
10395 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
10396 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
10397 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
10398 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
10399 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
10400 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
10401 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
10402 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
10403 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
10404 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
10405 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
10406 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
10407 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
10408 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
10409 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
10410 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
10411 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
10412 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
10413 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
10414 implementation to systemd-resolved.
10415
10416 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
10417 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
10418 containers to their respective IP addresses.
10419
10420 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
10421 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
10422 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
10423 and present it to the user in a very friendly
10424 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
10425 control utility for networkd.
10426
10427 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
10428 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
10429 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
10430 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
10431 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
10432 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
10433 (NoDelay=).
10434
10435 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
10436 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
10437
10438 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
10439 be started only after time-sync.target has been
10440 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
10441 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
10442 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
10443 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
10444
10445 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
10446 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
10447 of the link.
10448
10449 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
10450 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
10451
10452 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
10453 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
10454
10455 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
10456 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
10457 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
10458 for DHCP.
10459
10460 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
10461 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
10462 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
10463 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
10464 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
10465 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
10466 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
10467 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
10468
10469 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
10470 validation of unit files.
10471
10472 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
10473 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
10474 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
10475 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
10476 address may now be configured.
10477
10478 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
10479 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
10480 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
10481 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
10482
10483 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
10484 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
10485
10486 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
10487 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
10488 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
10489 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
10490
10491 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
10492 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
10493 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
10494 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
10495 implementation.
10496
10497 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
10498 journal data to a remote system running
10499 systemd-journal-remote.
10500
10501 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
10502 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
10503 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
10504 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
10505 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
10506 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
10507 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
10508 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
10509 version, you have to turn this option on again
10510 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
10511
10512 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
10513 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
10514 better than XZ which was the previous default.
10515
10516 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
10517 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
10518
10519 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
10520 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
10521
10522 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
10523 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
10524 "systemctl status" output for a service.
10525
10526 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
10527 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
10528 hostname, root password) interactively on first
10529 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
10530 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
10531
10532 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
10533
10534 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
10535
10536 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
10537 when primary addresses are removed.
10538
10539 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
10540 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
10541 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
10542 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
10543 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
10544 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
10545 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10546 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
10547 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
10548 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
10549 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
10550 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
10551 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
10552 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
10553 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10554
10555 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
10556
10557 CHANGES WITH 215:
10558
10559 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
10560 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
10561 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
10562 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
10563 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
10564 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
10565 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
10566 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
10567 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
10568 require.
10569
10570 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
10571 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
10572
10573 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
10574 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
10575 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
10576 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
10577 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
10578 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
10579 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
10580
10581 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
10582 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
10583 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
10584 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
10585 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
10586 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
10587 update or reset should use this condition and order
10588 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
10589 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
10590 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
10591 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
10592 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
10593 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
10594 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
10595 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
10596 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
10597
10598 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
10599
10600 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
10601 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
10602 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
10603 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
10604
10605 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
10606 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
10607 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
10608 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
10609 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
10610 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
10611 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
10612 .network files using settings of this section should be
10613 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
10614 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
10615
10616 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
10617 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
10618
10619 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
10620 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
10621 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
10622 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
10623 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
10624 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
10625 of nspawn instances.
10626
10627 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
10628 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
10629 added.
10630
10631 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
10632 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
10633 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
10634 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
10635 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
10636 configuration stored in /etc.
10637
10638 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
10639 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
10640 parsing of unknown mount options.
10641
10642 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
10643 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
10644 it already exist and not already be the correct
10645 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
10646 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
10647 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
10648 pre-existing files of different types.
10649
10650 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
10651 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
10652 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
10653 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
10654 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
10655 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
10656 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
10657
10658 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
10659 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
10660 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
10661 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
10662 shall be executed.
10663
10664 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
10665 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
10666 example whether it is fully up and running.
10667
10668 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
10669 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
10670 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
10671 reset.
10672
10673 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
10674 most basic services systemd ships by default.
10675
10676 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
10677 field for defining the default instance to create if a
10678 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
10679
10680 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
10681 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
10682 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
10683
10684 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
10685 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
10686 access to this group.
10687
10688 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
10689 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
10690 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
10691 to the journal.
10692
10693 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
10694 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
10695 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
10696 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
10697 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
10698 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
10699
10700 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
10701 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
10702 that makes sure to only show information about the most
10703 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
10704 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
10705 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
10706 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
10707 the old name to the new name.
10708
10709 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
10710 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
10711 coredumpctl without restrictions.
10712
10713 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
10714 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
10715 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
10716 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
10717 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
10718 "systemd-debug-generator".
10719
10720 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
10721 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
10722 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
10723 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
10724 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
10725 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
10726 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
10727 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
10728 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
10729 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
10730 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
10731
10732 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
10733 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
10734 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
10735 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
10736 been added to query many of these paths for the local
10737 machine and user.
10738
10739 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
10740 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
10741 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
10742 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
10743 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
10744
10745 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
10746 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
10747 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
10748 couple of drop-in directories.
10749
10750 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
10751 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
10752 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
10753 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
10754 for dev_port.
10755
10756 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
10757 container (read from /etc/os-release and
10758 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
10759 "machinectl status" for a machine.
10760
10761 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
10762 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
10763 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
10764 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
10765 Restart= setting.
10766
10767 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
10768 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
10769 directly connect to a specific container on the
10770 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
10771 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
10772 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
10773 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
10774 containers is a privileged operation.
10775
10776 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
10777 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
10778 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
10779 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
10780 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10781 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
10782 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
10783 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
10784 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
10785 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
10786 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
10787 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10788
10789 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
10790
10791 CHANGES WITH 214:
10792
10793 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
10794 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
10795 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
10796 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
10797 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
10798 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
10799 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
10800 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
10801 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
10802 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
10803 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
10804 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
10805 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
10806 devices are excluded from this logic.
10807
10808 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
10809 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
10810 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
10811 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
10812 change has been released.
10813
10814 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
10815 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
10816 libattr is thus unnecessary.
10817
10818 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
10819 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
10820 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
10821 with fewer privileges.
10822
10823 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
10824 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
10825 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
10826 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
10827
10828 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
10829 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
10830
10831 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
10832 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
10833
10834 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
10835 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
10836 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
10837
10838 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
10839 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
10840 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
10841 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
10842 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
10843 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
10844
10845 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
10846 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
10847 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
10848
10849 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
10850 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
10851 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
10852 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
10853 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
10854 modifications of user data or system files from
10855 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
10856 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
10857
10858 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
10859 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
10860 and FIFOs in the file system.
10861
10862 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
10863 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
10864 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
10865
10866 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
10867 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
10868 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
10869 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
10870 the socket itself.
10871
10872 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
10873 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
10874 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
10875 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
10876 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
10877 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
10878 symlinks, and nothing else.
10879
10880 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
10881 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
10882 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
10883 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
10884 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
10885 process (for example, the parent process). The
10886 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
10887 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
10888 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
10889 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
10890 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
10891 messages to services when the originating process already
10892 vanished.
10893
10894 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
10895 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
10896 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
10897 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
10898 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
10899 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
10900 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
10901 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
10902 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
10903 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
10904 all long-running services.
10905
10906 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
10907 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
10908 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
10909 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
10910 service.
10911
10912 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
10913 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
10914 applied to all submounts, too.
10915
10916 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
10917
10918 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
10919 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
10920 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
10921 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
10922 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
10923 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
10924 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
10925
10926 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
10927 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
10928 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
10929 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
10930 (domU) domains.
10931
10932 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
10933 files or entire directories.
10934
10935 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
10936 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
10937 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
10938 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
10939 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
10940
10941 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
10942 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
10943 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
10944 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
10945 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
10946 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
10947 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
10948 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
10949 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
10950 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
10951 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
10952 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
10953
10954 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
10955 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
10956 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
10957 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
10958
10959 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
10960 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
10961 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
10962 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
10963 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
10964 non-directories.
10965
10966 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
10967 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
10968 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
10969
10970 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
10971 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
10972 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
10973 this group.
10974
10975 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
10976 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
10977 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
10978 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
10979 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
10980 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
10981 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10982
10983 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
10984
10985 CHANGES WITH 213:
10986
10987 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
10988 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
10989 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
10990 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
10991 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
10992 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
10993 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
10994 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
10995 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
10996 client should be more than appropriate for most
10997 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
10998 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
10999 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
11000 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
11001 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
11002 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
11003 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
11004 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
11005 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
11006 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
11007 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
11008
11009 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
11010 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
11011 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
11012 part of a different namespace.
11013
11014 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
11015 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
11016 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
11017 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
11018
11019 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
11020 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
11021 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
11022
11023 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
11024 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
11025 when a service fails. This works similarly to
11026 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
11027 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
11028 restart the service in question.
11029
11030 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
11031 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
11032 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
11033 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
11034 details when running non-locally.
11035
11036 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
11037 graphs it generates.
11038
11039 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
11040 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
11041 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
11042 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
11043 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
11044
11045 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
11046
11047 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
11048 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
11049 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
11050 what it was on SysV systems.
11051
11052 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
11053 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
11054
11055 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
11056 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
11057 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
11058
11059 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
11060 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
11061 to show these addresses in its output.
11062
11063 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
11064 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
11065 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
11066 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
11067 preferred over a text one.
11068
11069 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
11070 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
11071 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
11072 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
11073 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
11074 mDNS cache.
11075
11076 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
11077 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
11078 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
11079 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
11080 of network configuration performed in some other way.
11081
11082 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
11083 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
11084 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
11085 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
11086 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
11087
11088 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
11089 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
11090 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
11091 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
11092 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
11093 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
11094 overrides any other settings.
11095
11096 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
11097 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11098 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
11099 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
11100 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
11101 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
11102 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
11103 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
11104 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11105 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11106 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
11107 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
11108 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
11109 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
11110 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
11111 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
11112 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11113
11114 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
11115
11116 CHANGES WITH 212:
11117
11118 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
11119 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
11120 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
11121 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
11122 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
11123 by accident.
11124
11125 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
11126 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
11127 registered with machined.
11128
11129 * sd-login gained new calls
11130 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
11131 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
11132 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
11133 counterparts.
11134
11135 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
11136 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
11137 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
11138 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
11139 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
11140 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
11141 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
11142 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
11143 once.
11144
11145 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
11146 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
11147 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
11148
11149 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
11150 units on all local containers, when used with the
11151 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
11152 executed when no parameters are specified).
11153
11154 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
11155 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
11156 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
11157 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
11158
11159 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
11160 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
11161 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
11162 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
11163 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
11164 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
11165
11166 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
11167 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
11168 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
11169 of the container.
11170
11171 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
11172 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
11173 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
11174 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
11175 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
11176 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
11177 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
11178 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
11179
11180 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
11181 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
11182 instead of /.
11183
11184 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
11185 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
11186 emergency messages now.
11187
11188 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
11189 journal log messages across the network.
11190
11191 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
11192 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
11193 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
11194 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
11195 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
11196 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
11197 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
11198
11199 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
11200 down a local OS container.
11201
11202 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
11203 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
11204 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
11205
11206 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
11207 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
11208 this is appropriate.
11209
11210 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
11211 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
11212 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
11213
11214 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
11215 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
11216 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
11217 for debugging purposes.
11218
11219 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
11220 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
11221 in seconds.
11222
11223 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
11224 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
11225 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
11226 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
11227 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
11228 like on traditional inetd.
11229
11230 * A new system.conf configuration option
11231 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
11232 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
11233
11234 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
11235 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
11236 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
11237 do these days).
11238
11239 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
11240 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
11241 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
11242 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
11243 could not take place because the system was powered off.
11244 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
11245
11246 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
11247 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
11248 it will be triggered.
11249
11250 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
11251 addresses to its local interfaces.
11252
11253 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
11254 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
11255 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
11256 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
11257 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
11258 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
11259 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
11260 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
11261 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11262
11263 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
11264
11265 CHANGES WITH 211:
11266
11267 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
11268 added to restrict which socket address families unit
11269 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
11270 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
11271 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
11272 is built on seccomp system call filters.
11273
11274 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
11275 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
11276 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
11277 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
11278 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
11279 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
11280 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
11281 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
11282 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
11283
11284 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
11285 matching against device group names.
11286
11287 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
11288 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
11289 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
11290 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
11291 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
11292 though.
11293
11294 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
11295 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
11296 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
11297 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
11298 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11299 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
11300 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
11301 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
11302 systems prepared appropriately.
11303
11304 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
11305 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
11306 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11307 (see above). This means that installations made with
11308 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
11309 deployed using container managers, completely
11310 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
11311 this feature soon, too.)
11312
11313 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
11314 set up a private macvlan interface for the
11315 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
11316 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
11317
11318 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
11319 using IPv4LL.
11320
11321 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
11322 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
11323 systemd-networkd.
11324
11325 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
11326 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
11327 still not a public API though (unless you specify
11328 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
11329 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
11330
11331 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
11332 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
11333 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
11334 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
11335 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
11336 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
11337 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
11338 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
11339 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
11340 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
11341 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
11342 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
11343 users.
11344
11345 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
11346 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
11347 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
11348 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
11349 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
11350 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
11351 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
11352 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
11353 due to a closed lid.
11354
11355 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
11356 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
11357 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
11358 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
11359 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
11360 order to then act as suspend blocker.
11361
11362 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
11363 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
11364 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
11365 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
11366 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
11367
11368 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
11369 now also work in --scope mode.
11370
11371 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
11372 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
11373 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
11374 promises are made.)
11375
11376 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
11377 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11378 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
11379 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
11380 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
11381 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
11382 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
11383 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
11384 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
11385 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11386
11387 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
11388
11389 CHANGES WITH 210:
11390
11391 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
11392 according to SMACK rules.
11393
11394 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
11395 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
11396
11397 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
11398 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
11399 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
11400
11401 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
11402 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
11403 and machine ID.
11404
11405 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
11406 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
11407 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
11408 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
11409 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
11410 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
11411 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
11412 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
11413 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
11414 backpack or similar.
11415
11416 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
11417 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
11418 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
11419 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
11420 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
11421 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
11422 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
11423 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
11424 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
11425 this on its own.
11426
11427 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
11428 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
11429 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
11430 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
11431
11432 * We will now ship a default .network file for
11433 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
11434 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
11435 --network-bridge= switches.
11436
11437 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
11438 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
11439 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
11440 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
11441 metrics, according to what is customary according to
11442 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
11443 each configuration option.
11444
11445 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
11446 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
11447 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
11448 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
11449 at once.
11450
11451 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
11452 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
11453 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
11454 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
11455 triggered by other work being done in the program.
11456
11457 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
11458 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
11459 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
11460 default however.
11461
11462 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
11463 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
11464 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
11465 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
11466 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
11467 them with systemd-networkd.
11468
11469 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
11470 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
11471 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
11472 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
11473 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
11474 is drastically increased, but given that these are
11475 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
11476 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
11477 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
11478 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
11479 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
11480 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
11481 during a transitional period!
11482
11483 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
11484 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
11485
11486 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
11487 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
11488 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
11489 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
11490 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
11491 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
11492 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
11493 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11494
11495 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
11496
11497 CHANGES WITH 209:
11498
11499 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
11500 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
11501 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
11502 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
11503 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
11504 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
11505 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
11506 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
11507 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
11508 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
11509 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
11510 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
11511
11512 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
11513 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
11514 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
11515 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
11516 machines and the like.
11517
11518 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
11519 shutdown/boot.
11520
11521 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
11522 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
11523
11524 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
11525 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
11526 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
11527 prepared for additional security frameworks.
11528
11529 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
11530 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
11531 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
11532 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
11533 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
11534 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
11535
11536 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
11537 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
11538 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
11539 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
11540 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
11541 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
11542 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
11543 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
11544 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
11545
11546 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
11547 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
11548
11549 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
11550 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
11551 implementation.
11552
11553 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
11554 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
11555 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
11556 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
11557 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
11558 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
11559 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
11560 and .service units.
11561
11562 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
11563 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
11564 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
11565
11566 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
11567 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
11568 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
11569 nothing makes use of it.
11570
11571 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
11572 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
11573 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
11574
11575 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
11576 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
11577 compatibility purposes.
11578
11579 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
11580 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
11581 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
11582 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
11583 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
11584 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
11585 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
11586 process handling.
11587
11588 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
11589 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
11590 style to "sd-bus.h".
11591
11592 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
11593 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
11594 "systemd-networkd".
11595
11596 * There is a new kernel command line option
11597 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
11598 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
11599 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
11600 are not restored.
11601
11602 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
11603 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
11604 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
11605 PID1's support for that anymore.
11606
11607 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
11608 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
11609
11610 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
11611 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
11612 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
11613 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
11614 container that is registered with machined, such as those
11615 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
11616
11617 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
11618 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
11619 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
11620 onto remote systems.
11621
11622 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
11623 login in any local container. This works with any container
11624 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
11625 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
11626
11627 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
11628 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
11629 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
11630 system of some kind.
11631
11632 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
11633 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
11634 next.
11635
11636 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
11637 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
11638 reboot() system call.
11639
11640 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
11641 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
11642 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
11643 still available but not advertised anymore.
11644
11645 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
11646 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
11647 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
11648 within each Unit.
11649
11650 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
11651 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
11652 the kernel).
11653
11654 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
11655 timestamps (following the setting in
11656 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
11657
11658 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
11659 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
11660
11661 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
11662 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
11663
11664 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
11665 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
11666 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
11667
11668 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
11669 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
11670 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
11671 the full configuration is shown.
11672
11673 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
11674 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
11675 those commands which take multiple unit names.
11676
11677 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
11678
11679 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
11680 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
11681
11682 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
11683 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
11684 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
11685 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
11686
11687 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
11688 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
11689 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
11690 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
11691
11692 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
11693 of the legend text.
11694
11695 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
11696 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
11697 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
11698 remote sessions.
11699
11700 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
11701 information of SDIO devices.
11702
11703 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
11704 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
11705 the system manager.
11706
11707 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
11708 short description of the connection parameters in the
11709 description.
11710
11711 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
11712 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
11713 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
11714 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
11715 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
11716 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
11717 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
11718
11719 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
11720 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
11721 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
11722 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
11723 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
11724 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
11725 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
11726 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
11727 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
11728
11729 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
11730 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
11731 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
11732 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
11733 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
11734 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
11735 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
11736 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
11737 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
11738 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
11739 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
11740 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
11741 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
11742 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
11743 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
11744 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
11745 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
11746 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
11747 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
11748 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
11749 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
11750 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
11751 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
11752
11753 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
11754 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
11755 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
11756 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
11757 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
11758 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
11759 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
11760 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
11761 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
11762 that you are aware of the instability of the current
11763 APIs.
11764
11765 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
11766 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
11767 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
11768 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
11769 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
11770 declare the APIs stable.
11771
11772 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
11773 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
11774 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
11775 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
11776 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
11777 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
11778 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
11779 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
11780 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
11781 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
11782 one of them is updated.
11783
11784 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
11785 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
11786 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
11787 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
11788 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
11789
11790 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
11791 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
11792 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
11793 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
11794 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
11795 entry points.
11796
11797 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
11798 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
11799 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
11800 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
11801 been disabled at compile-time.
11802
11803 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
11804 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
11805 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
11806 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
11807
11808 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
11809 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
11810 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
11811
11812 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
11813 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
11814 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
11815
11816 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
11817 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
11818 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
11819
11820 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
11821 remains until jobs expire.
11822
11823 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
11824 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
11825 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
11826 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
11827 all remaining processes of the service.
11828
11829 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
11830 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
11831 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
11832 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
11833 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
11834 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
11835 manager process which created them takes no further
11836 responsibilities for it.
11837
11838 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
11839 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
11840 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
11841 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
11842 marked executable or world-writable.
11843
11844 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
11845 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
11846 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
11847 "--setenv=" for consistency.
11848
11849 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
11850 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
11851 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
11852 independent of the host.
11853
11854 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
11855 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
11856 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
11857 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
11858
11859 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
11860 with specific SELinux labels set.
11861
11862 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
11863 any additional output but the container's own console
11864 output.
11865
11866 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
11867 container without PID namespacing enabled.
11868
11869 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
11870 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
11871 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
11872 OS images, but only specific apps.
11873
11874 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
11875 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
11876 results in registration of the unit service itself in
11877 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
11878
11879 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
11880 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
11881 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
11882 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
11883 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
11884 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
11885
11886 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
11887 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
11888 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
11889 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
11890 units to use.
11891
11892 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
11893 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
11894 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
11895 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
11896
11897 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
11898 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
11899 context for a service.
11900
11901 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
11902 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
11903 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
11904 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
11905 influence this logic.
11906
11907 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
11908 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
11909 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
11910 other things.
11911
11912 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
11913 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
11914 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
11915 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
11916 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
11917 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
11918 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
11919 architectures). There is also a global
11920 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
11921 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
11922
11923 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
11924 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
11925
11926 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
11927 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
11928 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
11929 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
11930 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
11931 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
11932 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
11933 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
11934 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
11935 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
11936 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
11937 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
11938 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11939 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
11940 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11941 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
11942 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
11943 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
11944 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
11945 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
11946 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
11947 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
11948 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
11949 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11950
11951 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
11952
11953 CHANGES WITH 208:
11954
11955 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
11956 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
11957 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
11958 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
11959 access input and drm devices which are normally
11960 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
11961 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
11962 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
11963 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
11964 session switching without allowing background sessions to
11965 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
11966 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
11967 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
11968
11969 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
11970 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
11971 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
11972
11973 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
11974 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
11975 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
11976 kernel version number.
11977
11978 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
11979 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
11980 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
11981
11982 * This release removes high-level support for the
11983 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
11984 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
11985 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
11986 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
11987
11988 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
11989 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
11990 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
11991 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
11992 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
11993 cgroup system.
11994
11995 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
11996 messages containing the slice a message was generated
11997 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
11998 logs among other things.
11999
12000 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
12001 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
12002 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
12003 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
12004 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
12005 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
12006 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
12007 journald which would be necessary to resolve
12008 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
12009 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
12010 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
12011 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
12012 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
12013 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
12014 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
12015 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
12016 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
12017 not delayed until next reboot.
12018
12019 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
12020 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
12021 systemd generated files in one directory.
12022
12023 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
12024 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
12025 performance information if that's available to determine how
12026 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
12027 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
12028 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
12029
12030 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
12031 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
12032 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
12033 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12034 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
12035 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
12036 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12037
12038 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
12039
12040 CHANGES WITH 207:
12041
12042 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
12043 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
12044 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
12045 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
12046
12047 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
12048 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
12049 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
12050 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
12051 specified on the kernel command line less important.
12052
12053 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
12054 retrieve the VT number of a session.
12055
12056 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
12057 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
12058 maximum number of tries.
12059
12060 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
12061 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
12062 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
12063
12064 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
12065 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
12066
12067 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
12068 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
12069 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
12070
12071 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
12072 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
12073 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
12074
12075 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
12076 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
12077 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
12078 and type).
12079
12080 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
12081 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
12082
12083 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
12084 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
12085 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
12086 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
12087
12088 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
12089 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
12090 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
12091 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
12092 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
12093 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
12094 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
12095 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
12096
12097 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
12098 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
12099 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
12100 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
12101
12102 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
12103 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
12104 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
12105 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
12106 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
12107 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
12108 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
12109
12110 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
12111 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
12112
12113 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
12114 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
12115 automatically after the process terminated.
12116
12117 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
12118 certain paths from operation.
12119
12120 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
12121 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
12122 is received.
12123
12124 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
12125 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
12126 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
12127 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
12128 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
12129 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
12130 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12131 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
12132 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
12133 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
12134 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12135 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
12136 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12137
12138 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
12139
12140 CHANGES WITH 206:
12141
12142 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
12143 concepts introduced with 205.
12144
12145 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
12146 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
12147 -r".
12148
12149 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
12150 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
12151 --state= parameter.
12152
12153 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
12154 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
12155 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
12156 the journal.
12157
12158 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
12159 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
12160 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
12161
12162 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
12163 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
12164 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
12165 browsing logs from that point on.
12166
12167 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
12168 of an FSS key.
12169
12170 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
12171 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
12172 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
12173 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
12174 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
12175 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
12176 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
12177 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
12178 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
12179 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
12180 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
12181 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
12182 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
12183 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
12184
12185 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
12186 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
12187 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
12188 backing module right-away.
12189
12190 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
12191 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
12192
12193 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
12194 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
12195
12196 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
12197 set of processes in the message metadata.
12198
12199 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
12200
12201 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
12202 support for passing performance data via environment
12203 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
12204 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
12205 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
12206 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
12207 deserialize it again.
12208
12209 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
12210 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
12211 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
12212 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
12213
12214 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
12215 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
12216 completely silent shutdown when used.
12217
12218 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
12219 option in .socket units.
12220
12221 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
12222 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
12223 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
12224 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
12225 system.slice as before.
12226
12227 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
12228
12229 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
12230 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
12231 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12232 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
12233 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
12234 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
12235 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12236
12237 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
12238
12239 CHANGES WITH 205:
12240
12241 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
12242
12243 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
12244 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
12245 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
12246 possible for system services and applications to group their
12247 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
12248 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
12249 together, or apply resource limits on them.
12250
12251 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
12252 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
12253 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
12254 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
12255 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
12256
12257 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
12258 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
12259 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
12260 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
12261
12262 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
12263 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
12264 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
12265 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
12266 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
12267 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
12268 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
12269 and useful as a general batch manager.
12270
12271 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
12272 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
12273 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
12274 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
12275 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
12276 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
12277 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
12278 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
12279 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
12280 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
12281
12282 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
12283 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
12284 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
12285 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
12286 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
12287 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
12288 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
12289 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
12290 is compile-time optional.
12291
12292 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
12293 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
12294 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
12295 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
12296 well as slice units.
12297
12298 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
12299 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
12300 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
12301 but will be extended later on to make more properties
12302 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
12303 command that wraps this call.
12304
12305 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
12306 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
12307 while configuring a number of settings via the command
12308 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
12309 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
12310 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
12311 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
12312
12313 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
12314 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
12315 off audit.
12316
12317 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
12318 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
12319
12320 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
12321 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
12322 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
12323 and system logs.
12324
12325 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
12326 snippets extending unit files.
12327
12328 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
12329 not available as public API.
12330
12331 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
12332 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
12333 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
12334
12335 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
12336 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
12337 controls what to boot into by default.
12338
12339 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
12340 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
12341
12342 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
12343 generators needed for execution, as well as information
12344 about the unit file loading.
12345
12346 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
12347 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
12348 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
12349 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
12350 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
12351 racy due to journal file rotation.
12352
12353 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
12354 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
12355 all services.
12356
12357 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
12358 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
12359 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
12360 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
12361 system services want to log events about specific client
12362 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
12363 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
12364 unit is requested.
12365
12366 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
12367 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
12368 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
12369 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
12370 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
12371 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12372 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
12373 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
12374 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
12375 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
12376 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12377 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
12378 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
12379
12380 CHANGES WITH 204:
12381
12382 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
12383 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
12384
12385 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
12386 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
12387 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
12388
12389 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
12390 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12391
12392 CHANGES WITH 203:
12393
12394 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
12395 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
12396
12397 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
12398 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
12399 fields, including the root directory.
12400
12401 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
12402 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
12403 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
12404 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
12405 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
12406 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
12407 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
12408 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
12409 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
12410 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
12411 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
12412
12413 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
12414 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
12415
12416 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
12417 have taken an inhibitor lock.
12418
12419 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
12420 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
12421 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
12422 the local hostname.
12423
12424 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
12425 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
12426 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
12427 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
12428 VMs/containers coming and going.
12429
12430 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
12431 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
12432 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
12433
12434 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
12435 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
12436 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
12437 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
12438
12439 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
12440 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
12441 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
12442
12443 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
12444 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
12445 services. With the container's root directory in
12446 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
12447 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
12448
12449 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
12450 the processes within a certain container.
12451
12452 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
12453 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
12454 check though. Patches welcome!
12455
12456 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
12457 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
12458 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
12459 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
12460 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
12461
12462 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
12463 the passed argument if applicable.
12464
12465 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12466 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
12467 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
12468 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12469 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
12470 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
12471 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
12472 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12473
12474 CHANGES WITH 202:
12475
12476 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
12477 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
12478 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
12479 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
12480 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
12481 units activate.
12482
12483 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
12484 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
12485 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
12486 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
12487 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
12488 for now, and not installable.
12489
12490 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
12491 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
12492 can run in conjunction with udev.
12493
12494 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
12495 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
12496 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
12497 session manager.
12498
12499 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
12500 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
12501 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
12502 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
12503 services, user processes and containers/virtual
12504 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
12505 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
12506 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
12507 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
12508 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
12509 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
12510
12511 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
12512
12513 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
12514 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
12515 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
12516 logical expressions.
12517
12518 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
12519 switches.
12520
12521 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
12522 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
12523 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
12524 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
12525 the user.
12526
12527 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
12528 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
12529 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
12530 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
12531 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
12532 an entry.
12533
12534 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
12535 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12536 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
12537 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
12538 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
12539 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12540
12541 CHANGES WITH 201:
12542
12543 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
12544 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
12545 directory.
12546
12547 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
12548 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
12549 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
12550 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
12551 problem.
12552
12553 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
12554 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
12555 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
12556 before the key file is attempted to be read.
12557
12558 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
12559 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
12560
12561 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
12562 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
12563 files in this context are files such as
12564 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
12565
12566 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
12567 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
12568 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
12569 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
12570 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
12571 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
12572
12573 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
12574 hostnames.
12575
12576 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
12577 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
12578 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
12579 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
12580 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
12581 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
12582 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
12583 all time-related output of systemd.
12584
12585 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
12586 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
12587 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
12588 loops.
12589
12590 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
12591 (models, layouts, variants, options).
12592
12593 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
12594 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
12595 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
12596 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
12597 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
12598
12599 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
12600 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
12601 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
12602 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
12603 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
12604 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
12605 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
12606
12607 CHANGES WITH 200:
12608
12609 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
12610 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
12611 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
12612 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
12613 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
12614 middle ground between physical and access time order.
12615
12616 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
12617 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
12618 images.
12619
12620 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
12621 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
12622 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12623
12624 CHANGES WITH 199:
12625
12626 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
12627
12628 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
12629 security policy.
12630
12631 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
12632 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
12633 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
12634 shared by all processes of a service (which means
12635 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
12636 the same service can still access). When a service is
12637 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
12638 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
12639 this though).
12640
12641 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
12642 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
12643 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
12644 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
12645 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
12646 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
12647
12648 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
12649 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
12650
12651 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
12652 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
12653
12654 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
12655
12656 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
12657 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
12658 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
12659 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
12660 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
12661
12662 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
12663 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
12664 system is to be mounted.
12665
12666 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
12667 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
12668 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
12669 purpose for socket units.
12670
12671 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
12672 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
12673
12674 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
12675 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
12676 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
12677 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
12678 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
12679
12680 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
12681 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
12682 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
12683 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12684 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
12685 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
12686 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
12687 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
12688 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12689
12690 CHANGES WITH 198:
12691
12692 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
12693 files without having to edit/override the unit files
12694 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
12695 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
12696 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
12697 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
12698 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
12699 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
12700 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
12701 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
12702 unit files locally: copying the files from
12703 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
12704 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
12705 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
12706 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
12707 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
12708 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
12709 for them too.
12710
12711 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
12712 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
12713 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
12714 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
12715 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
12716 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
12717 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
12718 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
12719 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
12720
12721 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
12722 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
12723
12724 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
12725 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
12726 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
12727 other users.
12728
12729 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
12730 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
12731 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
12732 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
12733 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
12734 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
12735 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
12736 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
12737 management logic is also available to other programs via the
12738 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
12739 supported.
12740
12741 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
12742 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
12743 the foreground VT.
12744
12745 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
12746 call.
12747
12748 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
12749 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
12750 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
12751 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
12752 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
12753 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
12754 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
12755 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
12756 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
12757 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
12758 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
12759 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
12760 also been removed.
12761
12762 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
12763 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
12764 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
12765 objects themselves.
12766
12767 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
12768
12769 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
12770 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
12771 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
12772 to how this is supported in shells.
12773
12774 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
12775 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
12776 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
12777 user systemd instance.
12778
12779 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
12780 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
12781 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
12782 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
12783 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
12784 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
12785 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
12786 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
12787 one day for good in the kernel.
12788
12789 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
12790 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
12791 container.
12792
12793 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
12794 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
12795 the host into the container.
12796
12797 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
12798 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
12799 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
12800 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
12801 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
12802 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
12803
12804 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
12805
12806 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
12807 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
12808 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
12809 configured to be mounted there.
12810
12811 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
12812 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
12813 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
12814 system resume events.
12815
12816 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
12817 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
12818 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
12819 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
12820
12821 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
12822 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
12823 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
12824 card).
12825
12826 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
12827 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
12828 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
12829
12830 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
12831 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
12832 later "change" event.
12833
12834 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
12835 now carry a message ID.
12836
12837 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
12838 continues to be work in progress.
12839
12840 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
12841 root directory to operate relative to.
12842
12843 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
12844 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
12845 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
12846 times a little.
12847
12848 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
12849 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
12850 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
12851 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
12852 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
12853 request boot into firmware operations.
12854
12855 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
12856 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
12857 correctly in initrds.
12858
12859 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
12860 compile time optional via a configure switch.
12861
12862 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
12863 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
12864
12865 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
12866 the status of all active or failed units.
12867
12868 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
12869 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
12870 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
12871 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
12872 requests more robust.
12873
12874 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
12875 reading journal files.
12876
12877 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
12878 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
12879
12880 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
12881
12882 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
12883 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
12884
12885 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
12886 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
12887 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
12888 socket activation in daemons.
12889
12890 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
12891 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
12892
12893 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
12894 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
12895 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
12896
12897 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
12898 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
12899 system units.
12900
12901 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
12902 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
12903 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
12904
12905 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
12906 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
12907 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
12908 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
12909 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
12910 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
12911 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
12912 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
12913 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
12914 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
12915 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
12916 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
12917 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
12918 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
12919 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
12920 package installation time.
12921
12922 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
12923 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
12924 scripts need to create these system user/group at
12925 installation time.
12926
12927 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
12928 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
12929
12930 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
12931
12932 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
12933 available.
12934
12935 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
12936 load SMACK policies at early boot.
12937
12938 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
12939 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
12940 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
12941 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
12942 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
12943 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
12944 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
12945 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
12946 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
12947 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
12948 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
12949 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
12950 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
12951 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
12952
12953 CHANGES WITH 197:
12954
12955 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
12956 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
12957 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
12958 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
12959 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
12960 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
12961 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
12962 the supported calendar time specification language see
12963 systemd.time(7).
12964
12965 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
12966 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
12967 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
12968 document for details:
12969
12970 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
12971
12972 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
12973 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
12974 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
12975 implementations around and minimal in its code and
12976 dependencies.
12977
12978 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
12979 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
12980 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
12981 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
12982 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
12983 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
12984 with a configure switch.
12985
12986 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
12987 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
12988 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
12989 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
12990 such as ext4.
12991
12992 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
12993 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
12994 identities are attached to the devices as well.
12995
12996 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
12997 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
12998
12999 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
13000 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
13001 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
13002 using only core OS tools.
13003
13004 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
13005 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
13006 implementation of socket activated nspawn
13007 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
13008 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
13009 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
13010 eventually.
13011
13012 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
13013 presenting log data.
13014
13015 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
13016 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
13017
13018 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
13019 system on idle.
13020
13021 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
13022 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
13023 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
13024 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
13025 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
13026 information if possible.
13027
13028 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
13029 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
13030 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
13031
13032 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
13033 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
13034 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
13035 is running on battery power.
13036
13037 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
13038 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
13039 is in the "failed" state.
13040
13041 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
13042 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
13043 environment files at once.
13044
13045 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
13046 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
13047 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
13048 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
13049 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
13050 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
13051 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
13052 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
13053 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
13054 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
13055 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
13056 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
13057 pieces of code locally from the git history.
13058
13059 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
13060 log the unit name in the message meta data.
13061
13062 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
13063 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
13064
13065 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
13066 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
13067 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
13068 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
13069 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
13070 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
13071 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
13072 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
13073 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
13074 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
13075 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
13076 shipped from us upstream.
13077
13078 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
13079 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
13080 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
13081 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
13082 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13083 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13084 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
13085 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
13086 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
13087 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
13088 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
13089 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
13090 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13091
13092 CHANGES WITH 196:
13093
13094 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
13095 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
13096 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
13097 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
13098 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
13099 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
13100 becoming the one central database for non-essential
13101 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
13102 database was only attached to select devices, since the
13103 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
13104 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
13105 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
13106 data for all devices where this is available, by
13107 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
13108 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
13109 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
13110 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
13111 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
13112 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
13113
13114 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
13115 indexed database to link up additional information with
13116 journal entries. For further details please check:
13117
13118 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
13119
13120 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
13121 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
13122 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
13123 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
13124 macro for this purpose.
13125
13126 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
13127 Python logging framework.
13128
13129 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
13130 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
13131 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
13132 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
13133 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
13134 time intervals.
13135
13136 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
13137 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
13138 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
13139
13140 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
13141 right-away on the selected coredump.
13142
13143 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
13144 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
13145 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
13146
13147 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
13148 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
13149 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
13150 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
13151
13152 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
13153 default.
13154
13155 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
13156 SMACK security label.
13157
13158 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
13159 daylight saving change.
13160
13161 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
13162 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
13163 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
13164 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
13165 distributions who still need support this to either continue
13166 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
13167 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
13168
13169 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
13170 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
13171 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
13172 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
13173 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
13174 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
13175 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
13176
13177 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
13178 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
13179
13180 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
13181 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
13182 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
13183 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
13184 offline updating tools.
13185
13186 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
13187 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
13188 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
13189 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
13190 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
13191 directories for packages to place various data files in.
13192
13193 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
13194 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
13195
13196 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
13197 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13198 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
13199 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13200 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
13201 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
13202 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
13203 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
13204 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13205
13206 CHANGES WITH 195:
13207
13208 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
13209 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
13210 units via --unit=/-u.
13211
13212 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
13213 right thing.
13214
13215 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
13216 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
13217 rotation.
13218
13219 * The journal will now index the available field values for
13220 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
13221 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
13222 completion of journalctl has been updated
13223 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
13224 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
13225
13226 * More service events are now written as structured messages
13227 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
13228
13229 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
13230 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
13231 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
13232 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
13233 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
13234 these settings from the command line now, especially since
13235 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
13236 completion.
13237
13238 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
13239 extract coredumps from the journal.
13240
13241 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
13242 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
13243 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
13244 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
13245 scratch their heads.
13246
13247 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
13248 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
13249
13250 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
13251 in immediate termination of systemd.
13252
13253 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
13254 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
13255
13256 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
13257 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
13258 mouse screen support has been added.
13259
13260 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
13261 Server-Sent-Events as output.
13262
13263 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
13264 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
13265 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
13266 "systemctl reload".
13267
13268 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
13269 -u" instead.
13270
13271 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
13272 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
13273 configured.
13274
13275 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
13276 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
13277
13278 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
13279 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
13280 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
13281 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
13282 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
13283 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
13284 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
13285
13286 CHANGES WITH 194:
13287
13288 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
13289 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
13290 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
13291 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
13292 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
13293 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
13294 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
13295 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
13296 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
13297 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
13298 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
13299 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
13300
13301 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
13302 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
13303 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13304
13305 CHANGES WITH 193:
13306
13307 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
13308 starting from the specified location in the journal.
13309
13310 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
13311 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
13312 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
13313
13314 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
13315 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
13316 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
13317 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
13318 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
13319 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
13320 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
13321
13322 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
13323 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
13324
13325 This will download the journal contents in a
13326 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
13327
13328 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
13329
13330 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
13331 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
13332 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
13333 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
13334 screenshot of this app in its current state:
13335
13336 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
13337
13338 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
13339 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
13340
13341 CHANGES WITH 192:
13342
13343 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
13344 too.
13345
13346 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
13347 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
13348 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
13349 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
13350 just start them.
13351
13352 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
13353 and line break accordingly.
13354
13355 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13356 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
13357
13358 CHANGES WITH 191:
13359
13360 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
13361 container environment, copying the host's timezone
13362 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
13363 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
13364 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
13365
13366 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
13367 will default to 10 if omitted.
13368
13369 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
13370 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
13371 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
13372 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
13373 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
13374
13375 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
13376 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
13377 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
13378 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
13379 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
13380 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
13381 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
13382
13383 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
13384 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
13385 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
13386 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
13387 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
13388 into two.
13389
13390 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
13391 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
13392
13393 CHANGES WITH 190:
13394
13395 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
13396 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
13397 "systemctl status".
13398
13399 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
13400 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
13401 system to another place in the same file system could not be
13402 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
13403 field.)
13404
13405 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
13406 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
13407 default.
13408
13409 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
13410 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
13411 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
13412 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
13413 in a container.
13414
13415 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
13416 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
13417 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
13418 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
13419 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
13420 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
13421
13422 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
13423 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
13424 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
13425 no-op.
13426
13427 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
13428 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
13429 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
13430 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
13431 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
13432
13433 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
13434 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
13435
13436 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
13437 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
13438 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
13439 command.
13440
13441 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
13442 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
13443 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
13444
13445 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
13446
13447 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
13448 multiple files at once.
13449
13450 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
13451 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
13452 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
13453 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
13454 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
13455 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
13456 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
13457
13458 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
13459 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
13460 now support specifiers as well.
13461
13462 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
13463 dir: %_presetdir.
13464
13465 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
13466 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
13467
13468 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
13469 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
13470 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
13471 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
13472 anymore.
13473
13474 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
13475 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
13476 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
13477 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
13478
13479 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
13480 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
13481 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
13482
13483 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
13484 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
13485 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
13486 sockets.
13487
13488 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
13489 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
13490 is changed.
13491
13492 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
13493 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
13494 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
13495 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
13496 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
13497 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
13498 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
13499
13500 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
13501
13502 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
13503 the unit file label and client process label into account.
13504
13505 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
13506 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
13507
13508 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
13509 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
13510 (%b).
13511
13512 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
13513 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
13514 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13515 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13516 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
13517 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
13518 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13519
13520 CHANGES WITH 189:
13521
13522 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
13523 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
13524
13525 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
13526 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
13527 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
13528 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
13529 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
13530 syslog daemons again.
13531
13532 * The libudev API gained the new
13533 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
13534
13535 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
13536 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
13537 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
13538 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
13539
13540 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
13541 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
13542 container.
13543
13544 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
13545 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
13546 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
13547 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
13548 this explaining it in more detail.
13549
13550 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
13551 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
13552 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
13553 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
13554
13555 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
13556 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
13557 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
13558 journal files.
13559
13560 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
13561 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
13562 as container init process a lot more fun.
13563
13564 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
13565 entries.
13566
13567 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
13568 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
13569 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
13570 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
13571 different sets of services.
13572
13573 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
13574 failure state.
13575
13576 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
13577 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
13578 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13579
13580 CHANGES WITH 188:
13581
13582 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
13583 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
13584 tree a lot more organized.
13585
13586 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
13587 may be used to group services in a natural way.
13588
13589 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
13590 services.
13591
13592 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
13593 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
13594 filtering by log level now.
13595
13596 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
13597 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
13598 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
13599
13600 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
13601 command lines involving service unit names.
13602
13603 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
13604 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
13605
13606 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
13607 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
13608 and encodes structured information about the error number.
13609
13610 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
13611 option.
13612
13613 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
13614 a shutdown is cancelled.
13615
13616 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
13617 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
13618 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
13619 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
13620 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
13621
13622 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
13623 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
13624 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
13625 for display managers instead.
13626
13627 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
13628 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
13629 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
13630 protection, and suchlike.
13631
13632 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
13633 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
13634 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
13635 the service.
13636
13637 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
13638 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
13639 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
13640 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
13641 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
13642 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13643
13644 CHANGES WITH 187:
13645
13646 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
13647 pages.
13648
13649 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
13650 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
13651 data loss.
13652
13653 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
13654 option.
13655
13656 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
13657
13658 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
13659 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
13660
13661 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
13662 specific directory.
13663
13664 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
13665 messages of two different boots.
13666
13667 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
13668 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
13669 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
13670
13671 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
13672 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
13673 disjunctions.
13674
13675 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
13676 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
13677 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
13678
13679 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
13680 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
13681 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
13682
13683 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
13684 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
13685 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
13686 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
13687 speed things up a bit.
13688
13689 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
13690 header data of journal files.
13691
13692 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
13693 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
13694 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
13695
13696 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
13697 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
13698 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
13699 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
13700
13701 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13702
13703 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
13704 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
13705 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13706 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13707
13708 CHANGES WITH 186:
13709
13710 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
13711 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
13712 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
13713 prefixed with rd.
13714
13715 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
13716 automatically generated at boot. Use:
13717
13718 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
13719
13720 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
13721
13722 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
13723
13724 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
13725 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
13726 as well.
13727
13728 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
13729 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
13730 in all appropriate directories automatically.
13731
13732 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
13733 does the right thing. Example:
13734
13735 udevadm info /dev/sda
13736 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
13737
13738 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
13739 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
13740 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
13741 running.
13742
13743 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
13744 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
13745
13746 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
13747 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
13748
13749 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
13750 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
13751 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
13752 files.
13753
13754 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
13755 be stopped that is not loaded.
13756
13757 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
13758
13759 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
13760
13761 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
13762 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
13763 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
13764 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
13765
13766 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
13767 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
13768 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
13769 completed initialization.
13770
13771 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
13772
13773 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
13774 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
13775 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
13776 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
13777 distributions.
13778
13779 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
13780 always valid when services log to the journal via
13781 STDOUT/STDERR.
13782
13783 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
13784 command line options we understand.
13785
13786 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
13787 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
13788
13789 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
13790 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
13791
13792 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
13793 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
13794 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
13795 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
13796
13797 systemctl status /home
13798 systemctl status /dev/sda
13799
13800 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
13801 system.conf parsing.
13802
13803 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
13804 Manager object.
13805
13806 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
13807
13808 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
13809
13810 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
13811 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
13812 complete.
13813
13814 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
13815 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
13816 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
13817 systemd-fsck@.service.
13818
13819 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
13820 Manager object.
13821
13822 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
13823 work sensibly.
13824
13825 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
13826 we actually understand.
13827
13828 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
13829 additional capabilities to the container.
13830
13831 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
13832 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
13833 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
13834
13835 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
13836 the current boot only.
13837
13838 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
13839 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
13840
13841 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
13842 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
13843 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
13844 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
13845 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
13846
13847 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
13848
13849 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
13850 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13851 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
13852 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
13853
13854 CHANGES WITH 185:
13855
13856 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
13857 available.
13858
13859 * Several new man pages have been added.
13860
13861 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
13862 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
13863 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
13864 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
13865
13866 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
13867 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
13868
13869 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
13870 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
13871 Matthias Clasen
13872
13873 CHANGES WITH 184:
13874
13875 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
13876 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
13877
13878 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
13879 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
13880 daemon.
13881
13882 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
13883 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
13884
13885 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
13886 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
13887 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
13888 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
13889
13890 CHANGES WITH 183:
13891
13892 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
13893 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
13894 and systemd's most recent version number.
13895
13896 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
13897 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
13898 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
13899 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
13900 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
13901 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
13902
13903 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
13904 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
13905 subsystems.
13906
13907 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
13908 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
13909 used to subscribe to events.
13910
13911 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
13912 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
13913 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
13914 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
13915 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
13916 forked by udev rules.
13917
13918 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
13919 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
13920 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
13921 it.
13922
13923 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
13924 udev_monitor_from_socket()
13925 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
13926 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
13927 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
13928
13929 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
13930 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
13931
13932 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
13933 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
13934 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
13935 the files to the new names on upgrade.
13936
13937 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
13938 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
13939 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
13940 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
13941 to be used as drop-in files.
13942
13943 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
13944 particular suspending and hibernating.
13945
13946 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
13947 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
13948 about this in more detail.
13949
13950 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
13951 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
13952 places). Distributions which have not converted these
13953 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
13954 from git history and add them downstream.
13955
13956 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
13957 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
13958 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
13959 units.
13960
13961 * All smaller setup units (such as
13962 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
13963 are run in a container and are skipped when
13964 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
13965 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
13966
13967 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
13968 integrated, for details see:
13969 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
13970
13971 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
13972 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
13973 messages.
13974
13975 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
13976 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
13977 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
13978 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
13979 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
13980
13981 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
13982 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
13983 for all units started by PID 1.
13984
13985 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
13986 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
13987 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
13988
13989 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
13990 of PID 1 anymore.
13991
13992 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
13993 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
13994 have not been read by systemd yet.
13995
13996 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
13997 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
13998 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
13999 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
14000 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
14001 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
14002
14003 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
14004 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
14005
14006 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
14007
14008 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
14009 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
14010 so sexy.
14011
14012 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
14013 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
14014 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
14015 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
14016 patterns.
14017
14018 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
14019 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
14020 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
14021 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
14022
14023 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
14024 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
14025
14026 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
14027 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
14028 in systemd now.
14029
14030 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
14031 ID on the command line.
14032
14033 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
14034 for an init system.
14035
14036 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
14037 vt100.
14038
14039 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
14040
14041 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
14042 components now have directories of their own.
14043
14044 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
14045
14046 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
14047 container in other hierarchies.
14048
14049 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
14050 system.conf.
14051
14052 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
14053
14054 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
14055 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
14056
14057 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
14058 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
14059
14060 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
14061 locally generated journal files.
14062
14063 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
14064
14065 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
14066
14067 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
14068 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
14069 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
14070 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
14071 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
14072 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
14073 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14074 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
14075 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14076 Gundersen
14077
14078 CHANGES WITH 44:
14079
14080 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14081
14082 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
14083 KVM or container configured UUID.
14084
14085 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
14086
14087 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
14088
14089 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
14090 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
14091
14092 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
14093
14094 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
14095 folks
14096
14097 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
14098 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
14099 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
14100
14101 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
14102 configuration
14103
14104 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
14105 free fashion
14106
14107 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
14108 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
14109 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
14110 automatically generated data.
14111
14112 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
14113 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
14114 however.
14115
14116 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
14117 tarball.
14118
14119 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
14120 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
14121 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
14122 Reding
14123
14124 CHANGES WITH 43:
14125
14126 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14127
14128 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
14129
14130 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
14131
14132 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
14133 normal user logins.
14134
14135 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
14136 Biebl
14137
14138 CHANGES WITH 42:
14139
14140 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
14141
14142 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
14143 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
14144 xsltproc.
14145
14146 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
14147 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
14148 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
14149
14150 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
14151 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
14152 reboot can automatically be triggered.
14153
14154 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
14155
14156 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
14157 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14158 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
14159
14160 CHANGES WITH 41:
14161
14162 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
14163 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
14164 package update.
14165
14166 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
14167 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
14168 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
14169
14170 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
14171 complete.
14172
14173 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
14174 understood to set system wide environment variables
14175 dynamically at boot.
14176
14177 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
14178
14179 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
14180 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
14181 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
14182 files.
14183
14184 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14185 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
14186 William Douglas
14187
14188 CHANGES WITH 40:
14189
14190 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14191
14192 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
14193 "Result" D-Bus property.
14194
14195 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
14196 the next few releases.)
14197
14198 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
14199 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
14200 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
14201 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
14202
14203 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
14204 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
14205 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
14206
14207 CHANGES WITH 39:
14208
14209 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14210 bugfixes.
14211
14212 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
14213 resource usage.
14214
14215 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
14216 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
14217 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
14218 journals by the respective users.
14219
14220 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
14221 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
14222 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
14223
14224 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
14225 client for all entries.
14226
14227 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
14228
14229 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
14230 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
14231
14232 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
14233 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
14234 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
14235 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
14236
14237 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
14238 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
14239 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
14240
14241 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
14242 journal along with meta data.
14243
14244 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
14245 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
14246 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
14247
14248 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
14249 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
14250 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
14251
14252 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
14253
14254 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
14255 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
14256 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
14257 or fsck.
14258
14259 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
14260 requested with new -k switch.
14261
14262 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14263 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
14264
14265 CHANGES WITH 38:
14266
14267 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14268 bugfixes.
14269
14270 * The git repository moved to:
14271 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
14272 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
14273
14274 * First release with the journal
14275 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
14276
14277 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
14278 systemd-stdout-bridge.
14279
14280 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
14281
14282 * Many systemadm clean-ups
14283
14284 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
14285 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
14286 remote mounts.
14287
14288 * Added Mageia support
14289
14290 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
14291
14292 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
14293 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
14294 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
14295 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
14296 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
14297
14298 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
14299 of existing distributions.
14300
14301 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
14302 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
14303
14304 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
14305 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
14306 boot.
14307
14308 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
14309
14310 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
14311 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
14312 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
14313 among other things.
14314
14315 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
14316 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
14317
14318 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
14319
14320 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
14321 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
14322 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
14323
14324 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
14325 restored.
14326
14327 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
14328 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
14329 kmod
14330
14331 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
14332 of /usr/local by default.
14333
14334 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
14335 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
14336 in:
14337 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
14338
14339 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
14340 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
14341 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
14342 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
14343 supported anyway, and bad style).
14344
14345 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
14346 reloading of units together.
14347
14348 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
14349 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
14350 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14351 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
14352 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek